ED Commands
Note
The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration. Cisco does not recommend using its path protection feature in any particular topological network configuration.
This chapter provides edit (ED) commands for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, and Cisco ONS 15454 M6.
Note
All commands supported on the Cisco ONS 15454 platform are also supported on Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 platforms.
11.1 ED-CPS
This command can be used to modify Control Plane Service parameter. The user needs to specify only the source port to identify the CPS. If the CPS is of type ADD 2WAY, both src AIDs have to be specified
Usage Guidelines
- If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (invalid AID) error message is returned. The following AIDs are supported:
–
CLIENT cps type support FAC and VFAC AID type.
–
TRUNK cps type support CHAN AID type.
–
ADD cps type support CHAN, PCHAN and LINEWL AID type.
- The ALL AID is invalid for this command
- In case of 1WAY, unidirectional connection, SRC and DST are single AIDs. In case of 2WAY, bidirectional connection, SRC and DST are double AIDs. However, in case of CLIENT or TRUNK cpstype, src and dst are single AID and the connection is of type 2WAY because of bidirectional ports hence this rule is not applicable.
- If the RESTTYPE is REVERT, it is required to set the REVERTMODE and SOAK parameters.
- If the RESTTYPE is REVERT, it is mandatory to set the REVERTMODE parameter as MANUAL or AUTO.
- SOAK time is mandatory if the REVERTMODE parameter is set to MANUAL or AUTO.
Input Format
ED-CPS[:<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>[:::CKTID=<CKTID>],[VALMODE=<VALMODE>],[VALZONE=<VALZONE>],[VALMODESEC=<VALMODESEC>],[VALZONESEC=<VALZONESEC>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[RESTTYPE=<RESTTYPE>],[REVERTMODE=<REVERTMODE>],[SOAK=<HH-MM-SS>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-CPS::PCHAN-1-1-RX&PCHAN-1-1-TX:8:::CKTID=twoway_add-passive,VALMODE=FULL,VALZONE=GREEN:;
ED-CPS::CHAN-1-2-2:1:::RESTTYPE=REVERT,REVERTMODE=MANUAL,SOAK=00-00-10;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
Source access identifier from the “ALL” section. Listable. |
|
A unidirectional connection from a source port to a destination port. In 1WAY wavelength connection only one AID is requested |
|
A bidirectional connection between the two ports. CLIENT or TRUNK 2WAY is requested together with one AID. |
<CKTID> |
(Optional) Circuit identification parameter contains the Common Language Circuit ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. Does not contain blank spaces. CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID can be 48. |
<VALMODE> |
Identifies the validation mode. |
|
No Optical validation is performed. |
|
The optical validation is performed as indicated in VALZONE parameter. |
<VALZONE> |
Identifies the validation operate zone. |
|
Not evaluated |
|
Margin > 3 sigma |
|
1 < margin < 3 sigma |
|
0 < margin < 1 sigma |
|
-3 < margin < 0 sigma |
|
Margin < -3 sigma |
<VALMODESEC> |
Identifies the validation mode for secondary circuit |
<VALZONESEC> |
Identifies the validation operate zone for secondary circuit |
<RESTTYPE> |
Specifies the restoration type on CPS circuit or UNI configuration. Parameter type is RESTTYPE. |
|
Restore type is not specified. |
|
Only restoration is allowed. The circuit is not revertible. |
|
The circuit is revertible, manually or automatically. |
<REVERTMODE> |
Specifies the revertive mode type. Paraneter type is REVERTMODE. |
|
Circuit is automatically revertible after the soak time expires. |
|
Manually revert the circuit. |
|
Not revertible. |
<SOAK> |
This is the soak time specified in HH-MM-SS format. After the soak time expires, if the revertive mode is AUTO, the circuit reverts automatically. If revertive mode is MANUAL, the soak time is ignored. |
11.2 ED-<GIGE_TYPE>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit 10GIGE, 100GIGE, 40GIGE, or GIGE (ED-<GIGE_TYPE>) command edits Ethernet facility attributes. See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Usage Guidelines
- The SYNCMSG, SENDDUS, ADMSSM, and ESMC parameters are applicable only for AR-MXP and AR-XP cards.
- The following parameters apply only to ED-GIGE; ADMINSTATE, LINKSTATE, MTU, FLOWCTRL, AUTONEG, HIWMRK, LOWMRK, DUPLEX, SPEED, and SOAK.
- The MACADDR parameter is applicable for ED-10GIGE only.
- The ENCAP parameter applies to 10GIGE SFP+ ports on 10x10G-LC only.
- In the CFP-TXP mode, the ED-<GIGE_TYPE> is applicable for SOAK, SYNCMSG, and SENDDUS paramters on the CFP-LC card on the VFAC AID.
- In the CFP-TXP mode, the ED-<GIGE_TYPE> is applicable for MTU and MACADDR paramters on the 100G-LC-C virtual ports on VCFAC AID.
- Autonegotiation parameters such as AUTONEG, DUPLEX, SPEED, ACTDUPLEX, and ACTSPEED are not applicable for 10GIGE on AR-XPE, AR-XP, AR-MXP cards and GIGE on AR-XPE card only.
Input Format
ED-GIGE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[ADMINSTATE=<ADMINSTATE>],[LINKSTATE=<LINKSTATE>],[MTU=<MTU>],[MFS=<MFS>],[FLOW=<FLOW>],[FLOWCTRL=<FLOWCTRL>],[AUTONEG=<AUTONEG>],[HIWMRK=<INT>],[LOWMRK=<INT>],[OPTICS=<OPTICS>],[DUPLEX=<DUPLEX>],[SPEED=<SPEED>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[MACADDR=<MACADDR>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[SUPPRESS=<SUPPRESS>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SQUELCH=<SQUELCH>],[CIR=<CIR>],[CBS=<CBS>],[EBS=<EBS>],[LIENABLE=<LIENABLE>],[LITIMER=<LITIMER>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],[PAUSEFRAME=<PAUSEFRAME>],[CLNTDST=<CLNTDST>],[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],[ESMC=<ESMC>],<PAUSEFRAME>],[EXPDUPLEX=<EXPDUPLEX>],[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>],[SELECTIVEAUTO=<SELECTIVEAUTO>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-GIGE:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:123:::ADMINSTATE=DOWN,LINKSTATE=DOWN,MTU=1548,
FLOWCTRL=NONE,AUTONEG=Y,HIWMRK=485,LOWMRK=25,OPTICS=1000_BASE_LX,
DUPLEX=AUTO,SPEED=AUTO,NAME="GIGE PORT",CMDMDE=FRCD,
MACADDR=00-0E-AA-BB-CC-FF,FREQ=1550,LOSSB=SX,SOAK=32,LIENABLE=Y,
LITIMER=200:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. |
<ADMINSTATE> |
(Optional) The parameter type is UP_DOWN, which indicates an up or down value. |
|
Down |
|
Up |
<LINKSTATE> |
(Optional) The parameter type is UP_DOWN, which indicates an up or down value. |
|
Down |
|
Up |
<MTU> |
(Optional) Maximum transport unit. The parameter type is MTU_TYPE, which indicates the maximum transport unit used by an Ethernet card. Defaults to 9600. |
|
10004. Indicates jumbo size. |
|
1500 |
|
1548 |
|
9600. Indicates jumbo size. |
|
64 |
|
9700. Indicates jumbo size. |
<MFS> |
(Optional) Maximum frame size. The parameter type is MFS_TYPE, which is the maximum frame size used by an Ethernet card. |
|
Normal frame size |
|
Jumbo frame size |
<FLOWCTRL> |
(Optional) Flow control. The parameter type is FLOW, which indicates the type of flow control that has been negotiated for an Ethernet port. Defaults to NONE. |
|
Asymmetric flow control |
|
Asymmetric local flow control |
|
No flow control |
|
Passthrough flow control |
|
Symmetric flow control |
<AUTONEG> |
(Optional) Autonegotiation. The parameter is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. Defaults to Y. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<HIWMRK> |
(Optional) High water mark. HIWMRK is an integer. Defaults to 485. |
<LOWMRK> |
(Optional) Low water mark. LOWMRK is an integer. Defaults to 25. |
<OPTICS> |
(Optional) The parameter is OPTICS, which indicates the type of Gigabyte Ethernet optics being used. |
|
1000BaseCX |
|
1000BaseLX |
|
1000BaseSX |
|
1000BaseT |
|
1000BaseZX |
|
100BaseBX_D |
|
100BaseBX_U |
|
100BaseFX |
|
100BaseLX |
|
Coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) 1470 |
|
CWDM 1490 |
|
CWDM 1510 |
|
CWDM 1530 |
|
CWDM 1550 |
|
CWDM 1570 |
|
CWDM 1590 |
|
CWDM 1610 |
|
ITU-100G 1530.33 |
|
ITU-100G 1531.12 |
|
ITU-100G 1531.90 |
|
ITU-100G 1532.68 |
|
ITU-100G 1534.25 |
|
ITU-100G 1535.04 |
|
ITU-100G 1535.82 |
|
ITU-100G 1536.61 |
|
ITU-100G 1538.19 |
|
ITU-100G 1538.98 |
|
ITU-100G 1539.77 |
|
ITU-100G 1540.56 |
|
ITU-100G 1542.14 |
|
ITU-100G 1542.94 |
|
ITU-100G 1543.73 |
|
ITU-100G 1544.53 |
|
ITU-100G 1546.12 |
|
ITU-100G 1546.92 |
|
ITU-100G 1547.72 |
|
ITU-100G 1548.51 |
|
ITU-100G 1550.12 |
|
ITU-100G 1550.92 |
|
ITU-100G 1551.72 |
|
ITU-100G 1552.52 |
|
ITU-100G 1554.13 |
|
ITU-100G 1554.94 |
|
ITU-100G 1555.75 |
|
ITU-100G 156.55 |
|
ITU-100G 1558.17 |
|
ITU-100G 1558.98 |
|
ITU-100G 1559.79 |
|
ITU-100G 1560.61 |
|
Unknown |
|
Unplugged |
<EXDUPLEX> |
(Optional) The parameter is ETHER_DUPLEX, which indicates duplex mode. Defaults to AUTO. |
|
Auto mode |
|
Full mode |
|
Half mode |
<SELECTIVEAUTO> |
(Optional) Selective auto-negotiation. The parameter is Y or N (enable or disable auto-negotiation) This indicates selective auto-negotiation of EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX only. |
|
Enable selective auto-negotiation. |
|
Disable selective auto-negotiation. |
<EXSPEED> |
(Optional) The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which indicates Ethernet speed. Defaults to AUTO. |
|
100 Megabits per second |
|
10 Gigabits per second |
|
10 Megabits per second |
|
1 Gigabit per second |
|
40 Gigabit per second |
|
Enable auto negotiation with full duplex |
|
Automatic |
<NAME> |
(Optional) Port name. NAME is a string. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters. |
<CMDMDE> |
(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<MACADDR> |
(Optional) MACADDR is a string. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 18 characters. |
<FREQ> |
(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which indicates the optical wavelength. |
|
Wavelength 1310 |
|
Wavelength 1470 |
|
Wavelength 1490 |
|
Wavelength 1510 |
|
Wavelength 1528.77 |
|
Wavelength 1529.16 |
|
Wavelength 1529.55 |
|
Wavelength 1529.94 |
|
Wavelength 1530 |
|
Wavelength 1530.33 |
|
Wavelength 1530.73 |
|
Wavelength 1531.12 |
|
Wavelength 1531.51 |
|
Wavelength 1531.90 |
|
Wavelength 1532.29 |
|
Wavelength 1532.68 |
|
Wavelength 1533.07 |
|
Wavelength 1533.47 |
|
Wavelength 1533.86 |
|
Wavelength 1534.25 |
|
Wavelength 1534.64 |
|
Wavelength 1535.04 |
|
Wavelength 1535.43 |
|
Wavelength 1535.82 |
|
Wavelength 1536.22 |
|
Wavelength 1536.61 |
|
Wavelength 1537 |
|
Wavelength 1537.40 |
|
Wavelength 1537.79 |
|
Wavelength 1538.19 |
|
Wavelength 1538.58 |
|
Wavelength 1538.98 |
|
Wavelength 1539.37 |
|
Wavelength 1539.77 |
|
Wavelength 1540.16 |
|
Wavelength 1540.56 |
|
Wavelength 1540.95 |
|
Wavelength 1541.35 |
|
Wavelength 1541.75 |
|
Wavelength 1542.14 |
|
Wavelength 1542.35 |
|
Wavelength 1542.54 |
|
Wavelength 1542.94 |
|
Wavelength 1543.33 |
|
Wavelength 1543.73 |
|
Wavelength 1544.13 |
|
Wavelength 1544.53 |
|
Wavelength 1544.92 |
|
Wavelength 1545.30 |
|
Wavelength 1545.32 |
|
Wavelength 1545.72 |
|
Wavelength 1546.12 |
|
Wavelength 1546.52 |
|
Wavelength 1546.92 |
|
Wavelength 1547.32 |
|
Wavelength 1547.72 |
|
Wavelength 1548.12 |
|
Wavelength 1548.51 |
|
Wavelength 1548.92 |
|
Wavelength 1549.32 |
|
Wavelength 1549.71 |
|
Wavelength 1500 |
|
Wavelength 1550.12 |
|
Wavelength 1550.52 |
|
Wavelength 1550.92 |
|
Wavelength 1551.32 |
|
Wavelength 1551.72 |
|
Wavelength 1552.12 |
|
Wavelength 1552.52 |
|
Wavelength 1552.93 |
|
Wavelength 1553.30 |
|
Wavelength 1553.33 |
|
Wavelength 1553.73 |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 |
|
Wavelength 1554.94 |
|
Wavelength 1555.34 |
|
Wavelength 1555.75 |
|
Wavelength 1556.15 |
|
Wavelength 1556.55 |
|
Wavelength 1556.96 |
|
Wavelength 1557.36 |
|
Wavelength 1557.77 |
|
Wavelength 1558.17 |
|
Wavelength 1558.58 |
|
Wavelength 1558.98 |
|
Wavelength 1559.39 |
|
Wavelength 1559.79 |
|
Wavelength 1560.20 |
|
Wavelength 1560.61 |
|
Wavelength 1561.01 |
|
Wavelength 1561.42 |
|
Wavelength 1561.83 |
|
Wavelength 1562.23 |
|
Wavelength 1562.64 |
|
Wavelength 1563.05 |
|
Wavelength 1563.45 |
|
Wavelength 1563.86 |
|
Wavelength 1564.27 |
|
Wavelength 1564.68 |
|
Wavelength 1565.09 |
|
Wavelength 1565.50 |
|
Wavelength 1565.90 |
|
Wavelength 1566.31 |
|
Wavelength 1566.72 |
|
Wavelength 1570 |
|
Wavelength 1570.83 |
|
Wavelength 1571.24 |
|
Wavelength 1571.65 |
|
Wavelength 1572.06 |
|
Wavelength 1572.48 |
|
Wavelength 1572.89 |
|
Wavelength 1573.30 |
|
Wavelength 1573.71 |
|
Wavelength 1574.13 |
|
Wavelength 1574.54 |
|
Wavelength 1574.95 |
|
Wavelength 1575.37 |
|
Wavelength 1575.78 |
|
Wavelength 1576.20 |
|
Wavelength 1576.61 |
|
Wavelength 1577.03 |
|
Wavelength 1577.44 |
|
Wavelength 1577.86 |
|
Wavelength 1578.27 |
|
Wavelength 1578.69 |
|
Wavelength 1579.10 |
|
Wavelength 1579.52 |
|
Wavelength 1579.93 |
|
Wavelength 1580.35 |
|
Wavelength 1580.77 |
|
Wavelength 1581.18 |
|
Wavelength 1581.60 |
|
Wavelength 1582.02 |
|
Wavelength 1582.44 |
|
Wavelength 1582.85 |
|
Wavelength 1583.27 |
|
Wavelength 1583.69 |
|
Wavelength 1584.11 |
|
Wavelength 1584.53 |
|
Wavelength 1584.95 |
|
Wavelength 1585.36 |
|
Wavelength 1585.78 |
|
Wavelength 1586.20 |
|
Wavelength 1586.62 |
|
Wavelength 1587.04 |
|
Wavelength 1587.46 |
|
Wavelength 1587.88 |
|
Wavelength 1588.30 |
|
Wavelength 1588.73 |
|
Wavelength 1589.15 |
|
Wavelength 1589.57 |
|
Wavelength 1589.99 |
|
Wavelength 1590 |
|
Wavelength 1590.41 |
|
Wavelength 1590.83 |
|
Wavelength 1591.26 |
|
Wavelength 1591.68 |
|
Wavelength 1592.10 |
|
Wavelength 1592.52 |
|
Wavelength 1592.95 |
|
Wavelength 1593.37 |
|
Wavelength 1593.79 |
|
Wavelength 1594.22 |
|
Wavelength 1594.64 |
|
Wavelength 1595.06 |
|
Wavelength 1595.49 |
|
Wavelength 1596.34 |
|
Wavelength 1596.76 |
|
Wavelength 1597.19 |
|
Wavelength 1597.62 |
|
Wavelength 1598.04 |
|
Wavelength 1598.47 |
|
Wavelength 1598.89 |
|
Wavelength 1599.32 |
|
Wavelength 1599.75 |
|
Wavelength 1600.06 |
|
Wavelength 1601.03 |
|
Wavelength 1601.46 |
|
Wavelength 1601.88 |
|
Wavelength 1602.31 |
|
Wavelength 1602.74 |
|
Wavelength 1603.17 |
|
Wavelength 1603.60 |
|
Wavelength 1604.03 |
|
Wavelength 1610 |
|
Use Tunable Wavelength 1 |
<LOSSB> |
(Optional) The parameter type is REACH, which indicates the reach values. |
|
100GBASE-LR4 |
|
100GBASE-SR10 |
|
40GBASE-FR |
|
40GBASE-LR4 |
|
Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card. |
|
4I1-9D1F |
|
C4S1-2D1 |
|
FE-BX |
|
FX |
|
GE-BX |
|
GE-EX |
|
LX-10 |
|
TEN-GE-LRM |
|
TEN-GE-ZR |
|
VSR2000-3R2 |
|
Autoprovisioning |
|
Coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) |
|
CWDM 40 kilometers. |
|
Reach CX |
|
Reach CX1 |
|
Reach DX |
|
Reach HX |
|
Reach I1 |
|
Reach IR-1 |
|
Reach IR-2 |
|
Reach L1 |
|
Reach L2 |
|
Reach L3 |
|
Reach LR-1 |
|
Reach LR-2 |
|
Reach LR-3 |
|
Reach LX |
|
Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength |
|
Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength |
|
Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Reach SC |
|
Reach S1 |
|
Reach S2 |
|
Reach SR |
|
Reach SR-1 |
|
Reach SX |
|
Reach T |
|
10 GE extended range |
|
10 GE long range |
|
10 GE short range |
|
Reach ULH |
|
Reach VSR |
|
Reach VX |
|
Reach ZX |
<SOAK> |
(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer. Defaults to 32. |
<LIENABLE> |
(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER. By default LITIMER is enabled. Note The LIENABLE parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
<LITIMER> |
(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms. Note The LITIMER parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
<ENCAP> |
(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type. |
|
GFP frame mode. |
|
HDLC frame mode. |
|
WIS mode. |
|
CBR mapping mode. |
|
GMP mapping mode. Supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card. |
|
Transparent mapping mode. |
<OSC> |
To enable or disable the OSC on the port. Note The OSC parameter is supported only on 15454-M2 and 15454-M6. |
<PAUSEFRAME> |
To Enable or Disable the Pause Frame. |
|
Enable |
|
Disable |
<CLNTDST> |
Client distance in kilometers. |
|
10 kilometers. |
|
30 kilometers. |
<SYNCMSG> |
Indicates if the BITS facility supports synchronization status message. Default is ON (Y). The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates whether the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
<SENDDUS> |
The facility will send the DUS (Do not use for Synchronization) value as the SSM for that facility. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<ADMSSM> |
SSM selectable value. It will only appear when SSM is disabled. Defaults to STU. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET. |
|
Do Not Use For Synchronization |
|
Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable |
|
Reserved For Network Synchronization Use |
|
SONET Minimum Clock Traceable |
|
Stratum 2 Traceable |
|
Stratum 3 Traceable |
|
Stratum 3E Traceable |
|
Stratum 4 Traceable |
|
Synchronized, Traceability Unknown |
|
Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only) |
<ESMC> |
By enabling ESMC, Gige port can be enabled as timing reference |
|
Disable |
|
Enable |
<PAUSEFRAME> |
To Enable or Disable the Pause Frame. |
|
Disable |
|
Enable |
<PST> |
(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
(Optional) Secondary state. Defaults to AINS. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
<SQUELCHMODE> |
Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects. |
|
Transparent |
|
Squelch is enabled |
11.3 ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit 1GISC3, 2GISC3, D1VIDEO, DV6000, ESCON, ETRCLO, HDTV or PASSTHRU (ED-<MODFCPAYLOAD>) command edits the attributes related to the Fibre Channel (FC) facility. The state IS,AINS is not supported on the FC port. See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Usage Guidelines
The user can change the service state of a facility to locked-enabled or disabled, only if all the following conditions are met
- The facility is not sourcing a synchronization clock
- The facility's DCC is disabled.
- The facility is not part of a protection group
- The facility is not supporting cross-connects
Note
The conditions stipulated can be overridden by using the CMDMDE=FRCD option. The FRCD option will immediately remove the facility from service with no consideration for orderly interruption. Do not use in scripts or automated batch operations.
Note
To completely disable the CMDMDE=FRCD option, provision the <to be defined parameter> in the NE defaults to FALSE. This will prevent the FRCD option from being honored by the NE. The NE default parameter can be provisioned using the CTC only.
Note ●
The port parameters VIZ, LINKRCVRY, DISTEXTN, AUTODETECTION, LINKCREDITS, and MFS can be edited only if the port state is OOS,MT or OOS,DSBLD.
- The port parameters AUTODETECTION, LINKCREDITS, and MFS can be edited only if distance extension is enabled (set to B2B).
- When 1GFICON and 2GFICON payloads are provisioned, distance extension=B2B is the default and only valid setting. Setting distance extension (using the ED-nGFICON command) to any other setting will be denied with an error message, for example, Provisioning Rules Failed.
Input Format
ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>],[DISTEXTN= <DISTANCE_EXTENSION>],[AUTODETECTION=<AUTO_DETECTION>], [LINKCREDITS=<CREDITS>],[FASTSWITCH=<FASTSWITCH>],[MFS=<MAXFRMSIZE>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[FREQ=<FREQ>], [LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[SQUELCH=<SQUELCH>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-1GFC:PETALUMA:FAC-6-1:1:::LINKRCVRY=Y,DISTEXTN=NONE,AUTODETECTION=Y,
LINKCREDITS=10,FASTWITCH=,MFS=2148,NAME="FC PORT",CMDMDE=NORM,SOAK=32,
FREQ=1550,LOSSB=LR-1:OOS,MT;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<LINKRCVRY> |
Link recovery. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<DISTEXTN> |
Distance extension. It can be set to Buffer-to-Buffer (B2B) Credit Management state or None. Note B2B and link recovery are mutually exclusive. You cannot turn on both B2B and link recovery at the same time. The parameter type is DISTANCE_EXTENSION (distance extension). |
|
Buffer to buffer flow control |
|
No distance extension |
<AUTODETECTION> |
Autodetection. Turns autodetection on or off. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute |
|
Enable an attribute |
<LINKCREDITS> |
Number of link credits. If autodetection is set to off, the value of the link credits will be used to configure the hardware. LINKCREDITS is an integer. |
<FASTSWITCH> |
When Fast Switchover is ON switchover must be less than 150 ms. In case of client Failure Fast Switchover is not supported. This switch time is achieved for fc1g/fc2g/fc4g traffic for trunk failures and manual/forced/lockout switches only. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<MFS> |
Maximum frame size. MFS is an integer. |
<NAME> |
String. User-assigned port name. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<SOAK> |
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer. |
<FREQ> |
The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which is the optical wavelength. |
|
Wavelength 1310 |
|
Wavelength 1470 |
|
Wavelength 1490 |
|
Wavelength 1510 |
|
Wavelength 1528.77 |
|
Wavelength 1529.16 |
|
Wavelength 1529.55 |
|
Wavelength 1529.94 |
|
Wavelength 1530 |
|
Wavelength 1530.33 |
|
Wavelength 1530.73 |
|
Wavelength 1531.12 |
|
Wavelength 1531.51 |
|
Wavelength 1531.90 |
|
Wavelength 1532.29 |
|
Wavelength 1532.68 |
|
Wavelength 1533.07 |
|
Wavelength 1533.47 |
|
Wavelength 1533.86 |
|
Wavelength 1534.25 |
|
Wavelength 1534.64 |
|
Wavelength 1535.04 |
|
Wavelength 1535.43 |
|
Wavelength 1535.82 |
|
Wavelength 1536.22 |
|
Wavelength 1536.61 |
|
Wavelength 1537 |
|
Wavelength 1537.40 |
|
Wavelength 1537.79 |
|
Wavelength 1538.19 |
|
Wavelength 1538.58 |
|
Wavelength 1538.98 |
|
Wavelength 1539.37 |
|
Wavelength 1539.77 |
|
Wavelength 1540.16 |
|
Wavelength 1540.56 |
|
Wavelength 1540.95 |
|
Wavelength 1541.35 |
|
Wavelength 1541.75 |
|
Wavelength 1542.14 |
|
Wavelength 1542.35 |
|
Wavelength 1542.54 |
|
Wavelength 1542.94 |
|
Wavelength 1543.33 |
|
Wavelength 1543.73 |
|
Wavelength 1544.13 |
|
Wavelength 1544.53 |
|
Wavelength 1544.92 |
|
Wavelength 1545.32 |
|
Wavelength 1545.72 |
|
Wavelength 1546.12 |
|
Wavelength 1546.52 |
|
Wavelength 1546.92 |
|
Wavelength 1547.32 |
|
Wavelength 1547.72 |
|
Wavelength 1548.12 |
|
Wavelength 1548.51 |
|
Wavelength 1548.92 |
|
Wavelength 1549.32 |
|
Wavelength 1549.71 |
|
Wavelength 1500 |
|
Wavelength 1550.12 |
|
Wavelength 1550.52 |
|
Wavelength 1550.92 |
|
Wavelength 1551.32 |
|
Wavelength 1551.72 |
|
Wavelength 1552.12 |
|
Wavelength 1552.52 |
|
Wavelength 1552.93 |
|
Wavelength 1553.33 |
|
Wavelength 1553.73 |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 |
|
Wavelength 1554.94 |
|
Wavelength 1555.34 |
|
Wavelength 1555.75 |
|
Wavelength 1556.15 |
|
Wavelength 1556.55 |
|
Wavelength 1556.96 |
|
Wavelength 1557.36 |
|
Wavelength 1557.77 |
|
Wavelength 1558.17 |
|
Wavelength 1558.58 |
|
Wavelength 1558.98 |
|
Wavelength 1559.39 |
|
Wavelength 1559.79 |
|
Wavelength 1560.20 |
|
Wavelength 1560.61 |
|
Wavelength 1561.01 |
|
Wavelength 1561.42 |
|
Wavelength 1561.83 |
|
Wavelength 1562.23 |
|
Wavelength 1562.64 |
|
Wavelength 1563.05 |
|
Wavelength 1563.45 |
|
Wavelength 1563.86 |
|
Wavelength 1564.27 |
|
Wavelength 1564.68 |
|
Wavelength 1565.09 |
|
Wavelength 1565.50 |
|
Wavelength 1565.90 |
|
Wavelength 1566.31 |
|
Wavelength 1566.72 |
|
Wavelength 1570 |
|
Wavelength 1570.83 |
|
Wavelength 1571.24 |
|
Wavelength 1571.65 |
|
Wavelength 1572.06 |
|
Wavelength 1572.48 |
|
Wavelength 1572.89 |
|
Wavelength 1573.30 |
|
Wavelength 1573.71 |
|
Wavelength 1574.13 |
|
Wavelength 1574.54 |
|
Wavelength 1574.95 |
|
Wavelength 1575.37 |
|
Wavelength 1575.78 |
|
Wavelength 1576.20 |
|
Wavelength 1576.61 |
|
Wavelength 1577.03 |
|
Wavelength 1577.44 |
|
Wavelength 1577.86 |
|
Wavelength 1578.27 |
|
Wavelength 1578.69 |
|
Wavelength 1579.10 |
|
Wavelength 1579.52 |
|
Wavelength 1579.93 |
|
Wavelength 1580.35 |
|
Wavelength 1580.77 |
|
Wavelength 1581.18 |
|
Wavelength 1581.60 |
|
Wavelength 1582.02 |
|
Wavelength 1582.44 |
|
Wavelength 1582.85 |
|
Wavelength 1583.27 |
|
Wavelength 1583.69 |
|
Wavelength 1584.11 |
|
Wavelength 1584.53 |
|
Wavelength 1584.95 |
|
Wavelength 1585.36 |
|
Wavelength 1585.78 |
|
Wavelength 1586.20 |
|
Wavelength 1586.62 |
|
Wavelength 1587.04 |
|
Wavelength 1587.46 |
|
Wavelength 1587.88 |
|
Wavelength 1588.30 |
|
Wavelength 1588.73 |
|
Wavelength 1589.15 |
|
Wavelength 1589.57 |
|
Wavelength 1589.99 |
|
Wavelength 1590 |
|
Wavelength 1590.41 |
|
Wavelength 1590.83 |
|
Wavelength 1591.26 |
|
Wavelength 1591.68 |
|
Wavelength 1592.10 |
|
Wavelength 1592.52 |
|
Wavelength 1592.95 |
|
Wavelength 1593.37 |
|
Wavelength 1593.79 |
|
Wavelength 1594.22 |
|
Wavelength 1594.64 |
|
Wavelength 1595.06 |
|
Wavelength 1595.49 |
|
Wavelength 1596.34 |
|
Wavelength 1596.76 |
|
Wavelength 1597.19 |
|
Wavelength 1597.62 |
|
Wavelength 1598.04 |
|
Wavelength 1598.47 |
|
Wavelength 1598.89 |
|
Wavelength 1599.32 |
|
Wavelength 1599.75 |
|
Wavelength 1600.06 |
|
Wavelength 1601.03 |
|
Wavelength 1601.46 |
|
Wavelength 1601.88 |
|
Wavelength 1602.31 |
|
Wavelength 1602.74 |
|
Wavelength 1603.17 |
|
Wavelength 1603.60 |
|
Wavelength 1604.03 |
|
Wavelength 1610 |
|
Use Tunable Wavelength 1 |
<LOSSB> |
The parameter type is REACH, which is the reach value. |
|
100GBASE-LR4 |
|
100GBASE-SR10 |
|
40GBASE-FR |
|
40GBASE-LR4 |
|
Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card. |
|
4I1-9D1F |
|
C4S1-2D1 |
|
FE-BX |
|
FX |
|
GE-BX |
|
GE-EX |
|
LX-10 |
|
TEN-GE-LRM |
|
TEN-GE-ZR |
|
VSR2000-3R2 |
|
Autoprovisioning |
|
Reach CX |
|
Reach CX1 |
|
Reach DX |
|
Reach HX |
|
Reach I1 |
|
Reach IR-1 |
|
Reach IR-2 |
|
Reach L1 |
|
Reach L2 |
|
Reach L3 |
|
Reach LR-1 |
|
Reach LR-2 |
|
Reach LR-3 |
|
Reach LX |
|
Reach S1 |
|
Reach S2 |
|
Reach SR |
|
Reach SR-1 |
|
Reach SX |
|
Reach T |
|
10 GE extended range |
|
10 GE long range |
|
10 GE short range |
|
Reach VX |
|
Reach ZX |
<ENCAP> |
Specifies the mapping mode on the port provisioned. Parameter Type is ENCAP. |
|
CBR mapping mode. |
|
GFP mapping mode. |
|
GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card. |
|
Transparent mapping mode. |
<PST> |
Primary state. the parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.4 ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit 1GFICON, 2GFICON, 4GFICON, or ESCON (ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>) command edits the attributes related with the fiber connectivity (FICON) payload facility. The state IS,AINS is not supported on the FICON port.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Input Format
ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>],[DISTEXTN=<DISTANCE_EXTENSION>],[AUTODETECTION=<AUTO_DETECTION>],[LINKCREDITS=<CREDITS>],[FASTSWITCH=<FASTSWITCH>],[MFS=<MAXFRMSIZE>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[SQUELCH=<SQUELCH>], [SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-1GFICON:PETALUMA:FAC-6-1:1:::LINKRCVRY=Y,DISTEXTN=NONE,
AUTODETECTION=Y, LINKCREDITS=10, FASTSWITCH=,MFS=2148,NAME="FCPORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE,
SOAK=32,FREQ=1550,LOSSB=LR-1:OOS,MT;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<LINKRCVRY> |
Link recovery. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute |
|
Enable an attribute |
<DISTEXTN> |
Distance extension. It can be set to B2B Credit Management state or None. Note B2B and link recovery are mutually exclusive. You cannot turn on both B2B and link recovery at the same time. The parameter type is DISTANCE_EXTENSION (distance extension). |
|
Buffer-to-buffer flow control |
|
No distance extension |
<AUTODETECTION> |
Autodetection. Turns autodetection on or off. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute |
|
Enable an attribute |
<LINKCREDITS> |
Number of link credits. If autodetection is set to off the value of the link credits will be used to configure the hardware. LINKCREDITS is an integer. |
<FASTSWITCH> |
When Fast Switchover is ON switchover must be less than 150 ms. In case of client Failure Fast Switchover is not supported. This switch time is achieved for fc1g/fc2g/fc4g traffic for trunk failures and manual/forced/lockout switches only. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<MFS> |
Maximum frame size. MFS is an integer. |
<NAME> |
String. User-assigned port name. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<SOAK> |
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer. |
<FREQ> |
The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength). |
|
Wavelength 1310 |
|
Wavelength 1470 |
|
Wavelength 1490 |
|
Wavelength 1510 |
|
Wavelength 1529.16 |
|
Wavelength 1529.55 |
|
Wavelength 1529.94 |
|
Wavelength 1530 |
|
Wavelength 1530.33 |
|
Wavelength 1530.73 |
|
Wavelength 1531.12 |
|
Wavelength 1531.51 |
|
Wavelength 1531.90 |
|
Wavelength 1532.29 |
|
Wavelength 1532.68 |
|
Wavelength 1533.07 |
|
Wavelength 1533.47 |
|
Wavelength 1533.86 |
|
Wavelength 1534.25 |
|
Wavelength 1534.64 |
|
Wavelength 1535.04 |
|
Wavelength 1535.43 |
|
Wavelength 1535.82 |
|
Wavelength 1536.22 |
|
Wavelength 1536.61 |
|
Wavelength 1537 |
|
Wavelength 1537.40 |
|
Wavelength 1537.79 |
|
Wavelength 1538.19 |
|
Wavelength 1538.58 |
|
Wavelength 1538.98 |
|
Wavelength 1539.37 |
|
Wavelength 1539.77 |
|
Wavelength 1540.16 |
|
Wavelength 1540.56 |
|
Wavelength 1540.95 |
|
Wavelength 1541.35 |
|
Wavelength 1541.75 |
|
Wavelength 1542.14 |
|
Wavelength 1542.35 |
|
Wavelength 1542.54 |
|
Wavelength 1542.94 |
|
Wavelength 1543.33 |
|
Wavelength 1543.73 |
|
Wavelength 1544.13 |
|
Wavelength 1544.53 |
|
Wavelength 1544.92 |
|
Wavelength 1545.32 |
|
Wavelength 1545.72 |
|
Wavelength 1546.12 |
|
Wavelength 1546.52 |
|
Wavelength 1546.92 |
|
Wavelength 1547.32 |
|
Wavelength 1547.72 |
|
Wavelength 1548.12 |
|
Wavelength 1548.51 |
|
Wavelength 1548.92 |
|
Wavelength 1549.32 |
|
Wavelength 1549.71 |
|
Wavelength 1500 |
|
Wavelength 1550.12 |
|
Wavelength 1550.52 |
|
Wavelength 1550.92 |
|
Wavelength 1551.32 |
|
Wavelength 1551.72 |
|
Wavelength 1552.12 |
|
Wavelength 1552.52 |
|
Wavelength 1552.93 |
|
Wavelength 1553.33 |
|
Wavelength 1553.73 |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 |
|
Wavelength 1554.94 |
|
Wavelength 1555.34 |
|
Wavelength 1555.75 |
|
Wavelength 1556.15 |
|
Wavelength 1556.55 |
|
Wavelength 1556.96 |
|
Wavelength 1557.36 |
|
Wavelength 1557.77 |
|
Wavelength 1558.17 |
|
Wavelength 1558.58 |
|
Wavelength 1558.98 |
|
Wavelength 1559.39 |
|
Wavelength 1559.79 |
|
Wavelength 1560.20 |
|
Wavelength 1560.61 |
|
Wavelength 1561.01 |
|
Wavelength 1561.42 |
|
Wavelength 1561.83 |
|
Wavelength 1562.23 |
|
Wavelength 1562.64 |
|
Wavelength 1563.05 |
|
Wavelength 1563.45 |
|
Wavelength 1563.86 |
|
Wavelength 1564.27 |
|
Wavelength 1564.68 |
|
Wavelength 1565.09 |
|
Wavelength 1565.50 |
|
Wavelength 1565.90 |
|
Wavelength 1566.31 |
|
Wavelength 1566.72 |
|
Wavelength 1570 |
|
Wavelength 1570.83 |
|
Wavelength 1571.24 |
|
Wavelength 1571.65 |
|
Wavelength 1572.06 |
|
Wavelength 1572.48 |
|
Wavelength 1572.89 |
|
Wavelength 1573.30 |
|
Wavelength 1573.71 |
|
Wavelength 1574.13 |
|
Wavelength 1574.54 |
|
Wavelength 1574.95 |
|
Wavelength 1575.37 |
|
Wavelength 1575.78 |
|
Wavelength 1576.20 |
|
Wavelength 1576.61 |
|
Wavelength 1577.03 |
|
Wavelength 1577.44 |
|
Wavelength 1577.86 |
|
Wavelength 1578.27 |
|
Wavelength 1578.69 |
|
Wavelength 1579.10 |
|
Wavelength 1579.52 |
|
Wavelength 1579.93 |
|
Wavelength 1580.35 |
|
Wavelength 1580.77 |
|
Wavelength 1581.18 |
|
Wavelength 1581.60 |
|
Wavelength 1582.02 |
|
Wavelength 1582.44 |
|
Wavelength 1582.85 |
|
Wavelength 1583.27 |
|
Wavelength 1583.69 |
|
Wavelength 1584.11 |
|
Wavelength 1584.53 |
|
Wavelength 1584.95 |
|
Wavelength 1585.36 |
|
Wavelength 1585.78 |
|
Wavelength 1586.20 |
|
Wavelength 1586.62 |
|
Wavelength 1587.04 |
|
Wavelength 1587.46 |
|
Wavelength 1587.88 |
|
Wavelength 1588.30 |
|
Wavelength 1588.73 |
|
Wavelength 1589.15 |
|
Wavelength 1589.57 |
|
Wavelength 1589.99 |
|
Wavelength 1590 |
|
Wavelength 1590.41 |
|
Wavelength 1590.83 |
|
Wavelength 1591.26 |
|
Wavelength 1591.68 |
|
Wavelength 1592.10 |
|
Wavelength 1592.52 |
|
Wavelength 1592.95 |
|
Wavelength 1593.37 |
|
Wavelength 1593.79 |
|
Wavelength 1594.22 |
|
Wavelength 1594.64 |
|
Wavelength 1595.06 |
|
Wavelength 1595.49 |
|
Wavelength 1596.34 |
|
Wavelength 1596.76 |
|
Wavelength 1597.19 |
|
Wavelength 1597.62 |
|
Wavelength 1598.04 |
|
Wavelength 1598.47 |
|
Wavelength 1598.89 |
|
Wavelength 1599.32 |
|
Wavelength 1599.75 |
|
Wavelength 1600.06 |
|
Wavelength 1601.03 |
|
Wavelength 1601.46 |
|
Wavelength 1601.88 |
|
Wavelength 1602.31 |
|
Wavelength 1602.74 |
|
Wavelength 1603.17 |
|
Wavelength 1603.60 |
|
Wavelength 1604.03 |
|
Wavelength 1610 |
|
Use Tunable Wavelength 1 |
<LOSSB> |
The parameter type is REACH, which is the reach value. |
|
100GBASE-LR4 |
|
100GBASE-SR10 |
|
40GBASE-FR |
|
40GBASE-LR4 |
|
Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card. |
|
4I1-9D1F |
|
C4S1-2D1 |
|
FE-BX |
|
FX |
|
GE-BX |
|
GE-EX |
|
LX-10 |
|
TEN-GE-LRM |
|
TEN-GE-ZR |
|
VSR2000-3R2 |
|
Autoprovisioning |
|
Reach CX |
|
Reach DX |
|
Reach HX |
|
Reach I1 |
|
Reach IR-1 |
|
Reach IR-2 |
|
Reach L1 |
|
Reach L2 |
|
Reach L3 |
|
Reach LR-1 |
|
Reach LR-2 |
|
Reach LR-3 |
|
Reach LX |
|
Reach S1 |
|
Reach S2 |
|
Reach SR |
|
Reach SR-1 |
|
Reach SX |
|
Reach T |
|
Reach VX |
|
Reach ZX |
<ENCAP> |
Specifies the mapping mode on the port provisioned. Parameter Type is ENCAP. |
|
CBR mapping mode. |
|
GFP mapping mode. |
|
GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card. |
|
Transparent mapping mode. |
<PST> |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.5 ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 1GISC3, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 2GISC3, 4GFC, 4GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, D1VIDEO, DV6000, DVBASI, ESCON, ETRCLO, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ISC3, OTU3, OTU4, PASSTHRU, AUTO, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, OTU1, OTU2, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>) command edits the operating parameters for a dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) client facility. This command creates GCC with a given GCCRATE.
Usage Guidelines
The command supports the modifier AUTO, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G. See Table 28-1 for other supported modifiers by platform.
- Squelchmode applicable for SDSDI, HDSDI, 3GVIDEO, ISC3STG1G, ISC3STP2G, and ESCON are NONE and SQUELCH.
- Squelchmode applicable for 1GFC, 2GFC, 4GFC in NON-TXP mode and 8GFC are NONE, NOS and SQUELCH.
- Squelchmode for 4GFC client in TXP modes are NONE and NOS.
- The only allowed Squelchmode for 4GFC trunk is SQUELCH
- Video RATES - NTSC/PAL can be set based on ANSI/ETSI chassis types respectively for HDSDI and 3GVIDEO.
- Video RATE is not applicable for other video payloads - SDSDI, ESCON, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G.
- Video RATE is also not applicable for 1G/2G/3G/4G/8G-FC payloads.
- Editing the working port will automatically edit the protect port.
- OVRCLK is the new parameter added and applicable for OTU2 payload on SFP+ ports of 10x10G-LC only.
Input Format
ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>],[DISTEXTN=<DISTANCE_EXTENSION>],[AUTODETECTION=<AUTO_DETECTION>],[LINKCREDITS=<CREDITS>],[FASTSWITCH=<FASTSWITCH>],[MFS=<MAXFRMSIZE>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[SQUELCH=<SQUELCH>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-SDSDI::VFAC-3-1-1:1:::SQUELCHMODE=SQUELCH;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “ALL” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. |
<SQUELCHMODE> |
Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects. |
|
Disable |
|
AIS |
|
Generis AIS |
|
ODU AIS |
|
Squelch is enabled |
|
Transparent |
|
Disable in FC payloads. |
<ENCAP> |
Specifies the mapping mode on the port provisioned. Parameter Type is ENCAP. |
|
CBR mapping mode. |
|
GFP mapping mode. |
|
GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card. |
|
Transparent mapping mode. |
11.6 ED-<MOD_PATH>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VC12, VC3, VT1, or VT2 (ED-<MOD_PATH>) command edits the attributes associated with synchronous transport signal (STS) and Virtual Tributary (VT) paths.
Usage Guidelines
The SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV, and RVTM parameters only apply topath protection configurations at the STS path level and ONS 15454 VT paths.
SFBER and SDBER also apply to the VT path level on the ONS 15454 when the ONS 15454 has an XC-VXC-10G card.
SWPDIP does not apply to the VT path level (VT1 and VT2).
The path trace message is a 64 character string including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed) that is transported in the J1 byte of the SONET STS Path overhead. Both the EXPTRC and TRC string can be provisioned by user with up to 62 character string.
The EXPTRC indicates that the contents of the expected incoming path trace are provisioned by the user. The TRC indicates the contents of the outgoing path trace message. The INCTRC indicates the contents of the incoming path trace message.
Path trace has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The path trace mode defaults to OFF. The MANUAL mode performs the comparison of the received string with the user-entered expected string. The AUTO mode performs the comparison of the present received string with an expected string that is set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, a TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all of the alarm and state conditions are reset.
The TACC parameter edits an existing single STS or VT and changes it to a test access point. When an editing command on TACC is executed, it assigns the STS or VT for the first two-way connection and STS+1 as the second two-way connection. For single facility access digroup (FAD) test access, only a single STS/VT is used for the test access point (TAP) creation. For more information on TACC, refer to the Cisco ONS SDH and Cisco ONS 15600 SONET TL1 Reference Guide.
J1 is implemented on the DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, DS3XM, EC1, OC3, OC12-4, OC48AS, and OC192 cards.
DS3/DS3N, OC12, OC48, E100, and E1000 cards do not support path trace.
DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, and DS3XM support both TRC and EXPTRC in the ED-STS-PATH command.
EC1, OC3, OC48AS, and OC192 only support EXPTRC in the ED-STS-PATH command.
Note
Each TL1 command must be less than or equal to 255 characters. Any command larger than 255 characters must be split into multiple commands. For example, if you use the ED-<MOD_PATH> command to edit the J1 EXPTRC/TRC message, path protection attributes, and TACC attributes and the command exceeds 255 characters, the command will not be processed. You must use multiple ED-<MOD_PATH> commands instead.
The following actions will produce error messages:
- Sending this command to edit SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV, or RVTM for the non-path protection STS path.
- Sending this command to edit the EXPTRC string with the AUTO path trace mode (TRCMODE=AUTO).
- Sending this command to edit TRC on any card other than DS3(N)E, DS1(N), and DS3XM cards, will return the “TRC-not allowed for monitor paths. Incorrect card type” error message.
- Sending this command to edit both TACC and any other attribute(s) will return the “Parameters Not compatible” error message.
- Sending this command to edit TACC on an AID with cross-connections will return the “STS in Use” error message.
Note ●
TACC creation will be denied on the protect ports/cards for 1:1, 1:N, and 1+1 protection.
- The VFAC AID is only valid on slots containing an ML-Series card. TACC is not supported for the ML-Series cards.
- After bidirectional line switched ring (BLSR) switching, provisioning of the J1 trace string or trace mode is not allowed on the protection path.
- TACC creation is allowed on protection channel access (PCA) for two-fiber and four-fiber BLSR.
- TACC is not supported on G1000, MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, ML1000-2, and ML100T-12 cards.
- HOLDOFFTIMER is not specific to a path. It is applicable to the path protection selector. If HOLDOFFTIMER is changed on one path associated with the selector, the HOLDOFFTIMER of the other path associated with the same selector is also changed.
- The test set physical connection set up through ED-T3/DS1/STS1/VT1 of the DS3XM-12 card is only allowed on the physical front ports (PORTED ports, Ports 1 to 12), which are the monitoring ports.
–
The monitoring test access ports follow the common rules for the other cards. For example, with an ED-T3 command on Port 2 (FAC-6-2) that has a TACC number (8), the next port, Port 3 (FAC-6-3) is used as the monitoring point also. The RTRV-T3 on both Port 2 and Port 3 return the same TACC number (8) used to monitor the cross-connection end (A-B). The last port (Port 12) is not allowed to set up a physical connection with the test set because there is no next available port to be the monitoring port.
–
The TACC disconnection (DISC-TACC) and the test access mode change command (CHG-TACC) follow the same requirement as in the previous step, but it is applied on the ported ports of the DS3XM-12 card.
–
The test access connection setup command (CONN-TACC) has monitored points, which can be portless ports. This command is applied on both ported and portless ports of the DS3XM-12 card.
- If the entity has a TACC connection, the entity is not allowed to have ported or portless STS/VT cross-connection (or circuit) provisioning on the DS3XM-12 card.
- The cross-connects on the DS3i-N-12 card will be STS3c width, but the individual STS 1s within the 3C will be accessible. To edit the path attributes, use the ED-STS1 command with the FAC AID.
For TACC creation, use the ED-STS3C command because the TACC path width (like the cross-connect) has to be 3C on the DS3i-N-12 card. In this case, you are creating a new entity (TAP) on the DS3i-N-12 card that has to be of 3C width. On the DS3i-N-12 card, the ED0STS command can be used either with STS1 or STS3C depending on the parameter to be modified.
- For the selector path on a BLSR, the SWPDIP is not editable and is always in the ON state. If you attempt to edit SWPDIP (for the selector path on a BLSR), an error message will be returned.
- You can create an STS1 or VT1.5 single TAP on the DS3XM-12 card’s last ported port (12) if the bandwidth is available on that port.
- Optical ports do not support MAN and AUTO trace mode because they are not capable of raising AIS on TIM-P. Use the AUTO-NO-AIS or MAN-NO-AIS trace mode on optical ports.
- Sending the ED-VT1/VT2 commands over ONS 15454 path protection paths to edit SFBER or SDBER (when the ONS 15454 does not have an XC-VXC-10G cross-connect) will return the “Invalid Operation For The XCON” error message.
- Sending the ED-VT1/VT2 commands to edit SDBER with 1E-9 will return the “Out Of Range” error message.
Input Format
ED-<MOD_PATH>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[SWPDIP=<SWPDIP>],
[HOLDOFFTIMER=<HOLDOFFTIMER>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],
[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>][TACC=<TACC>],
[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-STS3C:FERNDALE:STS-2-1-4:115:::SFBER=1E-3,SDBER=1E-5,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,
SWPDIP=Y,HOLDOFFTIMER=2000,EXPTRC="EXPTRCSTRING",TRC="TRCSTRING",
TRCMODE=OFF,TRCFORMAT=64-BYTE,TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,
CMDMDE=CMDMDE:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section. |
<SFBER> |
Signal failure threshold. Applies only to path protection. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path. |
|
SFBER is 1E-3. |
|
SFBER is 1E-4. |
|
SFBER is 1E-5. |
<SDBER> |
Signal degrade threshold. Applies only to path protection. 1E-9 is not allowed for VT-level/LO paths. Defaults to 1E-6. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
SDBER is 1E-5. |
|
SDBER is 1E-6. |
|
SDBER is 1E-7. |
|
SDBER is 1E-8. |
|
SDBER is 1E-9. |
<RVRTV> |
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. Only applies to path protection. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Does not revert service to original line after restoration. |
|
Reverts service to original line after restoration. |
<RVTM> |
Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while RVRTV is N. Only applies to path protection. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time). |
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes. |
<SWPDIP> |
On/off switch for path protection payload defect level switching. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). For the selector path on a BLSR, SWPDIP is not editable and always ON. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<HOLDOFFTIMER> |
Hold off timer for path protection dual-ring interconnect (DRI). Values must be within 0 and 10000 ms (0 to 10 seconds), with increments of 100 ms. Defaults to “existed value.” HOLDOFFTIMER is an integer. |
<EXPTRC> |
Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Applicable to VT-level paths for the DS3XM-12 and CE-100T-8 card on the ONS 15454. Defaults to 64 null characters. EXPTRC is a string. |
<TRC> |
The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the network element (NE) transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Applicable to VT-level paths for the DS3XM-12 and CE-100T-8 card on the ONS 15454. |
<TRCMODE> |
Path trace mode. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Defaults to the OFF mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode). |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to muxponder (MXP) and transponder (TXP) cards. |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on the alarm indication signal (AIS) and remote defect indication (RDI) if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported. |
<TRCFORMAT> |
Path trace format. Only 64-byte is supported. Defaults to 64-byte. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format). |
|
64 byte trace message |
<TACC> |
TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. TACC is an integer. |
<TAPTYPE> |
TAP type. Defaults to DUA The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type. |
|
Dual FAD |
|
Single FAD |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<PST> |
Primary state. Defaults to IS. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. Defaults to AINS. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.7 ED-<MOD_RING>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Bidirectional Line Switched Ring (ED-<MOD_RING>) command edits the BLSR attributes.
Usage Guidelines
The RVRTV, RVTM, SRVRTV, SRVTM, NODEID, and RINGID attributes can be edited for the four-fiber BLSR.
The RVRTV, RVTM, NODEID, and RINGID attributes can be edited for the two-fiber BLSR.
The following actions will produce errors:
- If the system fails on getting IOR, a SROF (Get IOR Failed) error message is returned.
- If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.
- If the BLSR does not exist, a SRQN (BLSR Does Not Exist) error message is returned.
- The SROF (Facility Not Provisioned) or (Cannot Access BLSR) error message will be returned for an invalid query.
- The SRQN (BLSR Edition Failed) error message is returned for an invalid edition query.
- Sending this command to modify SRVRTV or SRVTM on a two-fiber BLSR will return an IDNV (Invalid Data For 2F-BLSR) error message.
- Sending this command to modify the nodeid with invalid data will return an IIAC (Invalid NodeId) error message.
- Sending this command to change the ringid into invalid data will return an IIAC (Invalid RingId) error message.
- Changing the BLSR nodeid with a duplicated ID will return a SROF (Cannot Set NodeId) error message.
- Changing the BLSR ringid with a duplicated ID will return a SROF (Cannot Set RingId) error message is returned.
Note ●
The ALL AID is invalid for this command.
- The list AID format is supported for Software Release 4.6 and later.
Input Format
ED-<MOD_RING>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RINGID=<RINGID>],[NODEID=<NODEID>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[SRVRTV=<SRVRTV>],[SRVTM=<SRVTM>][:];
Input Example
ED-BLSR:PETALUMA:BLSR-43:123:::RINGID=43,NODEID=3,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=2.0,
SRVRTV=Y,SRVTM=5.0;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “AidUnionId1” section. Identifies the BLSR of the NE. The ALL and BLSR-ALL AIDs are not allowed for editing BLSRs. |
<RINGID> |
The BLSR ID of the NE up to six characters. Valid characters are A–Z and 0–9. RINGID is a string. |
<NODEID> |
The BLSR node ID of the NE. NODEID ranges from 0 to 31. It is an integer. |
<RVRTV> |
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Does not revert service to original line after restoration. |
|
Reverts service to original line after restoration. |
<RVTM> |
Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while RVRTV is N. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time). |
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes. |
<SRVRTV> |
The span revertive mode for four-fiber BLSR only. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<SRVTM> |
The span revertive time for four-fiber BLSR only. SRVTM is not allowed to be set while SRVRTV is N. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time). |
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes. |
11.8 ED-<OCN_TYPE>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, or OC768 (ED-<OCN_TYPE>) command edits the attributes (for example, service parameters) and status of an OC-N facility. Allowable states for a facility are Out Of Service (OOS), Out Of Service and Automatic In Service (OOS-AINS), Out Of Service and Maintenance (OOS-MT), and In Service (IS). See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Usage Guidelines
- Squelchmode applicable for OC3/OC12/OC48 payloads are NONE, G-AIS and SQUELCH
- The OPRNOMINAL parameter is supported only by optical card types that support Optical PM. The following cards support OPRNOMINAL: OC3-8, MRC-12, MRC-12-2.5G, MRC-4-2.5G, OC192-XFP, CTX-2500, CTX, OC192-4, OC48-16, OC192-4-DWDM, ASAP-4.
- The data communications channel (DCC) transmit side is bridged to both working and protect in a 1+1 protection scheme. On the receive side, the active one is selected for DCC. The DCC is provisioned on the working port only in a 1+1 protection scheme.
- All lines in a 1+1 BLSR must have the same mode. If you change the mode of a line that is in a 1+1 BLSR, an error message will be returned.
- You cannot directly transition a facility from IS to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state. You can transition a facility to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state from any state except OOS-MA,MT. To transition a facility from OOS-MA,MT to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state, all the following conditions must be met:
–
The facility is not sourcing a synchronization clock
–
The facility's DCC is disabled
–
The facility is not part of a protection group
–
The facility is not supporting cross-connects
–
The facility is not using overhead connections or overhead terminations (such as express orderwire, local orderwire, or user data channels [UDCs])
Note
The conditions stipulated can be overridden by using the CMDMDE=FRCD option. The FRCD option will immediately remove the facility from service (except for IS to OOS-MA,DSBLD transition) with no consideration for orderly interruption.
Note
OSI parameters are not supported in Release 9.0 and 9.1.
Input Format
ED-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[DCC=<DCC>],[AREA=<AREA>],[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[PJMON=<PJMON>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[MODE=<MODE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[OSPF=<OSPF>],[LDCC=<LDCC>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],[SENDDUSFF=<SENDDUSFF>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>],[FOREIGNFEND=<FOREIGNFAREND>],[FOREIGNIP=<FOREIGNIPADDRESS>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[OPRNOMINAL=<OPRNOMINAL>],[OSISDCC=<OSISDCC>],[OSILDCC=<OSILDCC>],[OSIROUTER=<OSIROUTER>],[PORTMODE=<PORTMODE>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]]
Input Example
ED-OC48:ROCCIANERA:VFAC-12-1-1:1:::SQUELCHMODE=G-AIS;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<DCC> |
Indicates whether or not the SDCC is to be used. Identifies the SDCC connection of the port. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<AREA> |
The area ID and shows up only if the DCC is enabled. AREA is a string. |
<SYNCMSG> |
Synchronization status message. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates whether the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
<SENDDUS> |
The facility will send the DUS (Do not use for Synchronization) value as the SSM for that facility. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<PJMON> |
Identifies an OC-N port PJMON. PJMON is an integer. It defaults to 0 (zero). Set a valid STS number of the optical port. Note The PJMON number displayed in TL1 interface does not correspond to the PJVC4MON number in CTC, but instead corresponds to the STS number of the optical port. |
<SFBER> |
Signal failure threshold. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path. |
|
SFBER is 1E-3. |
|
SFBER is 1E-4. |
|
SFBER is 1E-5. |
<SDBER> |
Signal degrade threshold. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
SDBER is 1E-5. |
|
SDBER is 1E-6. |
|
SDBER is 1E-7. |
|
SDBER is 1E-8. |
|
SDBER is 1E-9. |
<MODE> |
This parameter identifies the facility's operating mode. The mode could be either SONET or SDH. |
|
SDH/ETSI mode |
|
SONET/ANSI mode |
<MUX> |
BLSR extension byte (supported only on the OC48AS card). MUX cannot be configured if:
- The card is SONET and the media type is SDHT.
- The card has an orderwire or user data channel (UDC) connection.
- This is a protect line and the working line has an orderwire or UDC connection.
The parameter type is MUX_TYPE, which is the BLSR extension type. |
|
E2 byte (orderwire) |
|
F1 byte (user) |
|
K3 byte |
|
Z2 byte |
<SOAK> |
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Defaults to 32. SOAK is an integer. |
<OSFP> |
The Open Shortest Path First discovery. Defaults to Y. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<LDCC> |
The LDCC connection on the port. Defaults to N. the parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
<NAME> |
NAME is a user-specified string to identify the facility. It defaults to NULL. Its maximum length is 32 characters. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<EXPTRC> |
Expected section trace content. Indicates the expected section trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Applicable to VT-level paths for the DS3XM-12 card on the ONS 15454. Defaults to NULL. EXPTRC is a string. |
<TRC> |
The section trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Applicable to VT-level paths for the DS3XM-12 card on the ONS 15454. TRC is a string. |
<TRCMODE> |
Section trace mode. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Defaults to MAN. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode). |
|
Use the previously received section trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP or TXP cards. |
|
Use the previously received section trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected. |
|
Turn off section trace capability. Nothing will be reported. |
<TRCFORMAT> |
Trace message size. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format). |
|
1 byte trace message |
|
16 byte trace message |
|
64 byte trace message |
<ADMSSM> |
SSM selectable value. It will only appear when SSM is disabled. Defaults to STU. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET. |
|
Do Not Use For Synchronization |
|
Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable |
|
Reserved For Network Synchronization Use |
|
SONET Minimum Clock Traceable |
|
Stratum 2 Traceable |
|
Stratum 3 Traceable |
|
Stratum 3E Traceable |
|
Stratum 4 Traceable |
|
Synchronized, Traceability Unknown |
|
Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only) |
<SENDDUSFF> |
The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<AISONLPBK> |
The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if AIS is sent on a loopback. |
|
AIS is sent on facility loopbacks. |
|
AIS is sent on all loopbacks. |
|
AIS is not sent on loopbacks. |
|
AIS is sent on terminal loopbacks. |
<FREQ> |
The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength). |
|
Wavelength 1310 |
|
Wavelength 1470 |
|
Wavelength 1490 |
|
Wavelength 1510 |
|
Wavelength 1528.77 |
|
Wavelength 1529.16 |
|
Wavelength 1529.55 |
|
Wavelength 1529.94 |
|
Wavelength 1530 |
|
Wavelength 1530.33 |
|
Wavelength 1530.73 |
|
Wavelength 1531.12 |
|
Wavelength 1531.51 |
|
Wavelength 1531.90 |
|
Wavelength 1532.29 |
|
Wavelength 1532.68 |
|
Wavelength 1533.07 |
|
Wavelength 1533.47 |
|
Wavelength 1533.86 |
|
Wavelength 1534.25 |
|
Wavelength 1534.64 |
|
Wavelength 1535.04 |
|
Wavelength 1535.43 |
|
Wavelength 1535.82 |
|
Wavelength 1536.22 |
|
Wavelength 1536.61 |
|
Wavelength 1537 |
|
Wavelength 1537.40 |
|
Wavelength 1537.79 |
|
Wavelength 1538.19 |
|
Wavelength 1538.58 |
|
Wavelength 1538.98 |
|
Wavelength 1539.37 |
|
Wavelength 1539.77 |
|
Wavelength 1540.16 |
|
Wavelength 1540.56 |
|
Wavelength 1540.95 |
|
Wavelength 1541.35 |
|
Wavelength 1541.75 |
|
Wavelength 1542.14 |
|
Wavelength 1542.35 |
|
Wavelength 1542.54 |
|
Wavelength 1542.94 |
|
Wavelength 1543.33 |
|
Wavelength 1543.73 |
|
Wavelength 1544.13 |
|
Wavelength 1544.53 |
|
Wavelength 1544.92 |
|
Wavelength 1545.32 |
|
Wavelength 1545.72 |
|
Wavelength 1546.12 |
|
Wavelength 1546.52 |
|
Wavelength 1546.92 |
|
Wavelength 1547.32 |
|
Wavelength 1547.72 |
|
Wavelength 1548.12 |
|
Wavelength 1548.51 |
|
Wavelength 1548.92 |
|
Wavelength 1549.32 |
|
Wavelength 1549.71 |
|
Wavelength 1500 |
|
Wavelength 1550.12 |
|
Wavelength 1550.52 |
|
Wavelength 1550.92 |
|
Wavelength 1551.32 |
|
Wavelength 1551.72 |
|
Wavelength 1552.12 |
|
Wavelength 1552.52 |
|
Wavelength 1552.93 |
|
Wavelength 1553.33 |
|
Wavelength 1553.73 |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 |
|
Wavelength 1554.94 |
|
Wavelength 1555.34 |
|
Wavelength 1555.75 |
|
Wavelength 1556.15 |
|
Wavelength 1556.55 |
|
Wavelength 1556.96 |
|
Wavelength 1557.36 |
|
Wavelength 1557.77 |
|
Wavelength 1558.17 |
|
Wavelength 1558.58 |
|
Wavelength 1558.98 |
|
Wavelength 1559.39 |
|
Wavelength 1559.79 |
|
Wavelength 1560.20 |
|
Wavelength 1560.61 |
|
Wavelength 1561.01 |
|
Wavelength 1561.42 |
|
Wavelength 1561.83 |
|
Wavelength 1562.23 |
|
Wavelength 1562.64 |
|
Wavelength 1563.05 |
|
Wavelength 1563.45 |
|
Wavelength 1563.86 |
|
Wavelength 1564.27 |
|
Wavelength 1564.68 |
|
Wavelength 1565.09 |
|
Wavelength 1565.50 |
|
Wavelength 1565.90 |
|
Wavelength 1566.31 |
|
Wavelength 1566.72 |
|
Wavelength 1570 |
|
Wavelength 1570.83 |
|
Wavelength 1571.24 |
|
Wavelength 1571.65 |
|
Wavelength 1572.06 |
|
Wavelength 1572.48 |
|
Wavelength 1572.89 |
|
Wavelength 1573.30 |
|
Wavelength 1573.71 |
|
Wavelength 1574.13 |
|
Wavelength 1574.54 |
|
Wavelength 1574.95 |
|
Wavelength 1575.37 |
|
Wavelength 1575.78 |
|
Wavelength 1576.20 |
|
Wavelength 1576.61 |
|
Wavelength 1577.03 |
|
Wavelength 1577.44 |
|
Wavelength 1577.86 |
|
Wavelength 1578.27 |
|
Wavelength 1578.69 |
|
Wavelength 1579.10 |
|
Wavelength 1579.52 |
|
Wavelength 1579.93 |
|
Wavelength 1580.35 |
|
Wavelength 1580.77 |
|
Wavelength 1581.18 |
|
Wavelength 1581.60 |
|
Wavelength 1582.02 |
|
Wavelength 1582.44 |
|
Wavelength 1582.85 |
|
Wavelength 1583.27 |
|
Wavelength 1583.69 |
|
Wavelength 1584.11 |
|
Wavelength 1584.53 |
|
Wavelength 1584.95 |
|
Wavelength 1585.36 |
|
Wavelength 1585.78 |
|
Wavelength 1586.20 |
|
Wavelength 1586.62 |
|
Wavelength 1587.04 |
|
Wavelength 1587.46 |
|
Wavelength 1587.88 |
|
Wavelength 1588.30 |
|
Wavelength 1588.73 |
|
Wavelength 1589.15 |
|
Wavelength 1589.57 |
|
Wavelength 1589.99 |
|
Wavelength 1590 |
|
Wavelength 1590.41 |
|
Wavelength 1590.83 |
|
Wavelength 1591.26 |
|
Wavelength 1591.68 |
|
Wavelength 1592.10 |
|
Wavelength 1592.52 |
|
Wavelength 1592.95 |
|
Wavelength 1593.37 |
|
Wavelength 1593.79 |
|
Wavelength 1594.22 |
|
Wavelength 1594.64 |
|
Wavelength 1595.06 |
|
Wavelength 1595.49 |
|
Wavelength 1596.34 |
|
Wavelength 1596.76 |
|
Wavelength 1597.19 |
|
Wavelength 1597.62 |
|
Wavelength 1598.04 |
|
Wavelength 1598.47 |
|
Wavelength 1598.89 |
|
Wavelength 1599.32 |
|
Wavelength 1599.75 |
|
Wavelength 1600.06 |
|
Wavelength 1601.03 |
|
Wavelength 1601.46 |
|
Wavelength 1601.88 |
|
Wavelength 1602.31 |
|
Wavelength 1602.74 |
|
Wavelength 1603.17 |
|
Wavelength 1603.60 |
|
Wavelength 1604.03 |
|
Wavelength 1610 |
|
Use Tunable Wavelength 1 |
<LOSSB> |
The parameter type is REACH (reach value) |
|
100GBASE-LR4 |
|
100GBASE-SR10 |
|
40GBASE-FR |
|
40GBASE-LR4 |
|
Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card. |
|
4I1-9D1F |
|
C4S1-2D1 |
|
FE-BX |
|
FX |
|
GE-BX |
|
GE-EX |
|
LX-10 |
|
TEN-GE-LRM |
|
TEN-GE-ZR |
|
VSR2000-3R2 |
|
Autoprovisioning |
|
Reach CX |
|
Reach CX1 |
|
Reach DX |
|
Reach HX |
|
Reach I1 |
|
Reach IR-1 |
|
Reach IR-2 |
|
Reach L1 |
|
Reach L2 |
|
Reach L3 |
|
Reach LR-1 |
|
Reach LR-2 |
|
Reach LR-3 |
|
Reach LX |
|
Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength |
|
Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength |
|
Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Reach SC |
|
Reach S1 |
|
Reach S2 |
|
Reach SR |
|
Reach SR-1 |
|
Reach SX |
|
Reach T |
|
10 GE extended range |
|
10 GE long range |
|
10 GE short range |
|
Reach VX |
|
Reach ZX |
<FOREIGNFEND> |
Indicates whether the far-end NE on the DCC is a foreign NE. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<FOREIGNIP> |
The IP address of the far-end NE on the DCC. Used only if FOREIGNFEND is Y. FOREIGHNIP is a string. |
<OPRNOMINAL> |
Reads the current raw optical receive power and sets the raw OPR value as the nominal optical receive power. |
|
Not Supported. |
|
Sets the OPR. |
OSISDCC |
Indicates whether or not the OSI SDCC is to be used. Identifies the SDCC connection of the port. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
OSILDCC |
Indicates whether or not the OSI LDCC is to be used. Identifies the SDCC connection of the port. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
OSIROUTER |
The OSI virtual router number in the range of 1 to 3 for 15454. |
<PORTMODE> |
Describes the termination mode of each interface on the OTU2-XP card. |
|
Line terminating mode. |
|
Section terminating mode. |
|
Transparent mode AIS. |
|
Transparent mode squelch. |
|
10G LAN to WAN Squelch. |
<SQUELCHMODE> |
Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects |
|
Transparent |
|
Squelch is enabled |
|
Generic AIS |
|
Squelch is disabled |
<PST> |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. Defaults to AINS. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.9 ED-ALS
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Automatic Laser Shutdown (ED-ALS) command is used to modify the ALS attributes of an OC-N facility and all the facilities that support the ALS feature. For transponder and muxponder cards, this command is used to modify the ALS parameter of the OC48 and OC192 ports.
Usage Guidelines
The ED-ALS command is applicable for the following:
- For all non-OTU payloads on 100G-LC-C, 10x10G-LC, and CFP-LC cards on the CHAN AID.
- Payload interfaces for OTU enabled ports.
Input Format
ED-ALS[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::ALSMODE=<ALSMODE>],[ALSRCINT=<ALSRCINT>],[ALSRCPW=<ALSRCPW>],[OSRI=<OSRI>],[:];
Input Example
ED-ALS::CHAN-1-1-1:100:::ALSMODE=AUTO,ALSRCINT=130,ALSRCPW=80.1;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section. |
<ALSMODE> |
ALS is enabled or disabled. The parameter type is ALS_MODE, which is the working mode for automatic laser shutdown. |
|
Automatic |
|
Disabled |
|
Manual |
|
Manual restart for test |
<ALSRCINT> |
ALS recovery interval. The range is 60 to 300 seconds. ALSRCINT is an integer. |
<ALSRCPW> |
ALS recovery pulse width. The range is 2.0 to 100.00 seconds, in increments of 100 ms. ALSRCWP is a float. |
<OSRI> |
(Optional) OSRI enabled or disabled. Present only on a port where the safety is supported. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
11.10 ED-APC
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Amplification Power Control (ED-APC) command is used to modify the APC application attributes. The default value for an optional parameter is the NE default value. The value might not be the current value for the parameter. Use a retrieve command to retrieve the current value.
Input Format
ED-APC[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<ROLE>][:APCENABLE=<APCENABLE>][:];
Input Example
ED-APC:PENNGROVE:WDMSIDE-A:CTAG:::APCENABLE=N;
Input Parameters
<WDMSIDE> |
The AID is used to access the WDM side of an MSTP node. |
- WDMSIDE-{UNKNOWN,A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H}
|
MSTP side identifier |
<ROLE> |
The role the unit is playing in the protection group. |
|
The entity is the protection unit in the protection group. |
|
The entity is the working unit in the protection group. |
<APCENABLE> |
Enable or disable the APC application. Default is N. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
11.11 ED-AUTO
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Auto (ED-AUTO) command is used to retrieve the AUTO port provisioned. Port bandwidth changes to OC3/OC12/OC48/1GE as per the incoming signal when auto sense is enabled. Default is OC48 when auto sense is disabled.
Input Format
ED-AUTO:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::: AUTOSENSE=<AUTOSENSE>;
Input Example
ED-AUTO:CISCO:VFAC-2-1-1:CTAG:::AUTOSENSE=Y;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC AID. |
<AUTOSENSE> |
Specifies if auto sense must be enabled or disabled. |
|
Enables auto sense. |
|
Disables auto sense. |
11.12 ED-BITS
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Building Integrated Timing Supply (ED-BITS) command edits the building integrated timing supply (BITS) reference attributes.
Usage Guidelines
The SYNC-BITS1 and SYNC-BITS2 AIDs can be used to set the BITS-OUT port state. For a BITS facility, 64 k and 6 MHz are only applicable to ON. The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
Input Format
Cisco ONS 15454
ED-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINECDE=<LINECDE>],[FMT=<FMT>],[LBO=<LBO>],
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[AISTHRSHLD=<AISTHRSHLD>],[SABIT=<SABIT>],
[BITSFAC=<BITSFAC>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>][:<PST>];
Input Example
Cisco ONS 15454
ED-BITS:SONOMA:BITS-2:779:::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=E1-MF,SYNCMSG=N,
,SABIT=BYTE-5,BITSFAC=E1,ADMSSM=G811:UNLOCKED
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “BITS” section. |
<LINECDE> |
The parameter type is LINE_CODE (line code). |
|
Line code value is AMI. |
|
Bipolar with three-zero substitution |
|
Line code value is B6ZS. |
|
Line code value is B8ZS. |
|
JBZS |
|
ZBTSI |
<FMT> |
Digital signal frame format. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for a T1 port. |
|
AUTOPROV |
|
C-BIT line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards. |
|
Frame format is D4. |
|
DS2 FRAMED |
|
E2 FRAMED |
|
E3-FRAME |
|
E3-PLCP |
|
Frame format is ESF. |
|
FRAMENA |
|
G-751 |
|
G-832 |
|
M13 line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards. |
|
M23 |
|
SYNTRAN |
|
Frame format is unframed. |
<IMPEDANCE> |
(Optional) Impedance is the total opposition that a circuit presents to alternating current. The maximum power transfer that takes place from the source to load when the impedance match. |
|
120 ohm termination. |
|
100 ohm termination. |
|
75 ohm termination. |
<LBO> |
Line build-out settings. BITS line build-out. Default value is 0 to 133. LBO is an integer. The parameter type is BITS_LineBuildOut (BITS line build-out). |
|
BITS line build-out range is 0–133. |
|
BITS line build-out range is 134–266. |
|
BITS line build-out range is 267–399. |
|
BITS line build-out range is 400–533. |
|
BITS line build-out range is 534–655. |
<SYNCMSG> |
Indicates if the BITS facility supports synchronization status message. Default is ON (Y). The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates whether the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
<AISTHRSHLD> |
Alarm indication signal threshold. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET. |
|
Do Not Use For Synchronization |
|
Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable |
|
Reserved For Network Synchronization Use |
|
SONET Minimum Clock Traceable |
|
Stratum 2 Traceable |
|
Stratum 3 Traceable |
|
Stratum 3E Traceable |
|
Stratum 4 Traceable |
|
Synchronized, Traceability Unknown |
|
Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only) |
<SABIT> |
When the frame format selection is E1, SABIT is the bit used to receive and transmit the SSM. The parameter type is SABITS (SA BITS). |
|
SABIT is BYTE-4. |
|
SABIT is BYTE-5. |
|
SABIT is BYTE-6. |
|
SABIT is BYTE-7. |
|
SABIT is BYTE-8. |
<IMPEDANCE> |
When the frame format selection is E1, IMPEDANCE is the terminal impedance of the BITS-IN port. The parameter type is IMPEDANCE, which is the terminal impedance of the BITS-IN port. |
|
Impedance of 120 ohm |
|
Impedance of 75 ohm |
<BITSFAC> |
BITS facility settings. BITS-2 always inherits the value of BITS-1. The parameter type is BITS_FAC (the BITS facility rate). 64 k and 6 MHz are only applicable to the ONS 15454. |
|
2 MHz rate |
|
64 K rate |
|
6 MHz rate |
|
E1 rate |
|
T1 rate |
<ADMSSM> |
SSM selectable. Only applicable to BITS-IN when SSM is disabled. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET. |
|
Do Not Use For Synchronization |
|
Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable |
|
Reserved For Network Synchronization Use |
|
SONET Minimum Clock Traceable |
|
Stratum 2 Traceable |
|
Stratum 3 Traceable |
|
Stratum 3E Traceable |
|
Stratum 4 Traceable |
|
Synchronized, Traceability Unknown |
|
Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only) |
<PST> |
The primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
11.13 ED-BULKROLL-<OCN_TYPE>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Bulkroll for OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, or OC768 (ED-BULROLL-<OCN_TYPE>) command edits information about the rolling of traffic from one endpoint to another without interrupting service. This command uses the FORCE option to force a valid signal. The only parameters that can be edited are RMODE and FORCE. The time slots cannot be edited. Use ED-ROLL-<MOD_PATH> for single path level rolling.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Input Format
ED-BULKROLL-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<FROM>:<CTAG>:::
[RFROMSTART=<RFROMSTART>],[RFROMEND=<RFROMEND>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>];
Input Example
ED-BULKROLL-OC48:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:1:::RFROMSTART=STS-1-1-1,
RFROMEND=STS-1-1-11,CMDMDE=FRCD;
Input Parameters
<FROM> |
One of the endpoints. Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section for line level rolling and bulk rolling. |
<RFROMSTART> |
The starting time slot in the source roll port. For bulk rolling only. The AID is from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY). Defaults to STS-<FROMSLOT>-<FROMPORT>-1, where <FROMSLOT> and <FROMPORT> are the slot and port of the <FROM> AID. |
<RFROMEND> |
The ending time slot in the source roll port. For bulk rolling only. The AID is from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY). Defaults to STS-<FROMSLOT>-<FROMPORT>-N, where <FROMSLOT> and <FROMPORT> are the slot and port of the <FROM> AID and N is the value of OCn. (for example, OC48, n=48). |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
11.14 ED-BWP-ETH
(Cisco ONS 15454) This command is used to modify a Bandwidth Profile entry in BWP DB. The BWP DB is a collection of BWP used in a Network Element.
Usage Guidelines
Error conditions for deleting bandwidth profile can be:
- Invalid AID. If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.
- The "ALL" AID is invalid for this command.
- The BWP having the specified AID should be present in the node, that is, already been entered by ENT-BWP-ETH command.
Input Format
ED-BWP-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[NAME=<NAME>],[CIR=<CIR>],[CBS=<CBS>],[PBS=<PBS>],[PIR=<PIR>],[CFMSTATE=<CFM_STATE>][:];
Input Example
ED-BWP-ETH:ROCKS:BWP-10000:1:::NAME="MyBWP",CIR=10,CBS=1M,PBS=1M,PIR=20,CFMSTATE=Y;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
This AID is used to access BWP.BWP AID Format is: BWP-[bwpid]Values |
|
All aid for BWP. |
|
Single AID for BWP. The valid identifiers ranges from 1 to 10000. |
<NAME> |
indicates the BWP name. bwp name is a String. - Default value is - |
<CIR> |
Ingress committed information rate. This is a value between 0.0 and 100.0. Default value is 100.0. |
<CBS> |
Ingress committed burst bucket size. |
|
4 Kbit bucket size |
|
16 Kbit bucket size |
|
32 Kbit bucket size |
|
64 Kbit bucket size |
|
128 Kbit bucket size |
|
256 Kbit bucket size |
|
512 Kbit bucket size |
|
1 Mbit bucket size |
|
2 Mbit bucket size |
|
4 Mbit bucket size |
|
8 Mbit bucket size |
|
16 Mbit bucket size |
|
16 Kbit bucket size |
<EBS> |
Ingress peak burst bucket size |
|
4 Kbit bucket size |
|
8 Kbit bucket size |
|
16 Kbit bucket size |
|
32 Kbit bucket size |
|
64 Kbit bucket size |
|
128 Kbit bucket size |
|
256 Kbit bucket size |
|
512 Kbit bucket size |
|
1 Mbit bucket size |
|
2 Mbit bucket size |
|
4 Mbit bucket size |
|
8 Mbit bucket size |
|
16 Mbit bucket size |
<PIR> |
Peak information rate. This is a value between 0.0 and 100.0. Default value is 100.0. |
<CFMSTATE> |
Link Integrity status |
|
Enabled |
|
Disabled |
11.15 ED-CFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Connectivity Fault Management (ED-CFM) command edits the Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) protocol at the port level.
Usage Guidelines
- This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
- The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.
Input Format
ED-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;
Input Example
ED-CFM:454-156:ETH-1-1-1:1:::CFMSTATE=enable;
Input Parameters
Table 11-1 ED-CFM Command - Parameter Support
|
|
<AID> |
Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
<CFM_STATE> |
Indicates whether the CFM is enabled or disabled on the port. |
|
Indicates the CFM is enabled on the port. |
|
Indicates the CFM is disabled on the port. |
11.16 ED-CHGRP
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Channel Group (ED-CHGRP) command edits the layer 2 channel group information of GE_XP and 10GE_XP ethernet cards.
Usage Guidelines
The default values for all optional parameters are network element (NE) default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
Input Format
ED-CHGRP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[ATTACH=<ATTACH>],[DETACH=<DETACH>],[LACPMODE=<LACPMODE>],[HASHALGO=<HASHALGO>],[NIMODE=<NIMODE>],[MACLEARNING=<MACLEARNING>],[INGRESSCOS=<INGRESSCOS>],[ETHERCETYPE=<ETHERCETYPE>],[ETHERSTYPE=<ETHERSTYPE>],[BPDU=<BPDU>],[QNQMODE=<QNQMODE>],[TRNSPSVLAN=<TRNSP_SVLAN>],[MTU=<MTU>],[FLOWCONTROL=<FLOWCONTROL>],[SPEED=<SPEED>],[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>],[CIR=<CIR],[CBS=<CBS>],[EBS=<EBS>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];;
Input Example
ED-CHGRP::CHGRP-12-2:1:::ATTACH=ETH-12-5-1Ð-12-1-1,LACPMODE=ON,HASHINGALGO=HASHING-UCAST-SA-DA-VLAN-INCOMING-PORT,NIMODE=UNI,MACLEARNING=Y,INGRESSCOS=0,ETHERCETYPE=8100,ETHERSTYPE=8100,BPDU=Y,QNQMODE=SELECTIVE,MTU=9700,FLOWCTRL=ASYMMETRIC,SPEED=10_GBPS,EXPSPEED=1_GBPS,CIR=100,CBS=4K,EBS=4k;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section. |
<NIMODE> |
Identifies the Ethernet Network Interface Mode. |
|
(Default) Network-Network Interface Mode |
|
User-Network Interface Mode |
<LACPMODE> |
LACP mode values |
|
Manual mode of LACP |
|
Active mode of LACP |
|
Passive mode of LACP |
<HASHINGALGO> |
Hashing algorithm value |
- HASHING_SA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT
|
The Hashing Algorithm value is HASHING_SA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT. |
- HASHING_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT
|
The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT. |
- HASHING_SA_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT
|
The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_SA_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT. |
|
The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_SRC_IP_TCP_UDP. |
|
The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_DST_IP_TCP_UDP |
- HASHING_SRC_DST_ IP_TCP_UDP
|
The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_SRC_DST_IP_TCP_UDP. |
<MTU> |
(Optional) Maximum transport unit. The parameter type is MTU_TYPE, which indicates the maximum transport unit used by an Ethernet card. Defaults to 9600. |
|
10004. Indicates jumbo size. |
|
1500 |
|
1548 |
|
9600. Indicates jumbo size. |
|
64 |
|
9700. Indicates jumbo size. |
<ATTACH > |
Ethernet AID for the ethernet port on GE_XP and 10GE_XP card. |
<DETACH> |
To remove or detach the port. |
<SPEED> |
(Optional) The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which indicates Ethernet speed. Defaults to AUTO. |
|
100 Megabits per second |
|
10 Gigabits per second |
|
10 Megabits per second |
|
1 Gigabit per second |
<EXPSPEED> |
(Optional) Ethernet speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed. |
|
100 Megabits per second |
|
10 Gigabits per second |
|
10 Megabits per second |
|
1 Gigabit per second |
|
40 Gigabit per second |
|
Enable auto negotiation with full duplex |
|
Auto |
<CIR> |
Ingress committed information rate. The value ranges from 0.0 to 100.0. The default value is 100.0. |
<CBS> |
Ingress committed burst bucket size. |
|
4 Kbit bucket size |
|
16 Kbit bucket size |
|
32 Kbit bucket size |
|
64 Kbit bucket size |
|
128 Kbit bucket size |
|
256 Kbit bucket size |
|
512 Kbit bucket size |
|
1 Mbit bucket size |
|
2 Mbit bucket size |
|
4 Mbit bucket size |
|
8 Mbit bucket size |
|
16 Mbit bucket size |
|
16 Kbit bucket size |
<EBS> |
Ingress excess burst bucket size. |
<MACLEARNING> |
MAC Address Learning Mode. This activates the MAC address learning on the interface to avoid packet broadcasting. |
|
Enables the MAC learning on the interface. |
|
Disables the MAC learning on the interface. |
<INGRESSCOS> |
Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag. |
|
Set a Cos value |
|
Use the Customer COS |
|
The COS will be provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode) |
<ETHERCETYPE> |
Identifies a customer foreseen Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter. |
<ETHERSTYPE> |
Identifies a customer foreseen Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter. |
<BPDU> |
BPDU (Bridge Protocol Data Unit) management mode; Drop/Passthrough BPDU tagged packets. |
|
Enables the BPDU tag. |
|
Disables the BPDU tag. |
<QNQMODE> |
This is used to represent the QinQ mode operations. |
|
The S-VLAN tag is added only on specified CE-VLANs. The other packets are dropped. |
|
The S-VLAN tag is always performed where all packets having the S-VLAN-ID identified by TRNSPSVLAN parameter are allowed. |
<TRNSPSVLAN> |
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
<NAME> |
(Optional) NAME is a string. User-assigned port name. |
11.17 ED-CMD-SECU
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Command Security (ED-CMD-SECU) command edits the command security level of a particular command.
Input Format
ED-CMD-SECU:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<CAP>;
Input Example
ED-CMD-SECU::INIT-REG:1::SUPER;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier string. Identifies the entity in the NE to which the command pertains. It is the command verb along with verb modifier(s), as it currently exists. It can be a single command or a block of commands, where the block might include all commands. Only INIT-REG will be supported. String. Must not be null. |
<CAP> |
Command access privilege. Must not be null. The parameter type is PRIVILEGE, which is the security level. |
|
Provision security level. 60 minutes of idle time. |
|
Superuser security level. 15 minutes of idle time. |
11.18 ED-COS-ETH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Ethernet Cost of Service Table (ED-COS-ETH) command edits the egress parameter of a cost of service table associated to an L2 Ethernet port.
Usage Guidelines
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values, but these values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
Input Format
ED-COS-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[AISACTION=<AISACTION>],[IGMPROUTE=<IGMPROUTE>],[QOSENABLED=<QOSENABLED>],[BW0=<BWO>],
[WEIGHT0=<WEIGHT0>],[BW1=<BW1>],[WEIGHT1=<WEIGHT1>],[BW2=<BW2>],
[WEIGHT2=<WEIGHT2>],[BW3=<BW3>],[WEIGHT3=<WEIGHT3>],[BW4=<BW4>],
[WEIGHT4=<WEIGHT4>],[BW5=<BW5>],[WEIGHT5=<WEIGHT5>],[BW6=<BW6>],
[WEIGHT6=<WEIGHT6>],[BW7=<BW7>],[WEIGHT7=<WEIGHT7>][:];
Input Example
ED-COS-ETH:PETALUMA:ETH-1-1-1:1:::QOSENABLED=Y,BW0=10,WEIGHT0=0,BW1=20,
WEIGHT1=2,BW2=40,WEIGHT2=4,BW3=60,WEIGHT3=6,BW4=70,WEIGHT4=8,BW5=80,
WEIGHT5=10,BW6=85,WEIGHT6=12,BW7=100,WEIGHT7=15:;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
<AISACTION> |
VLAN-AIS Action. Indicates what action take place on port when VLAN-AIS alarm is raised. |
|
No action after VLAN-AIS |
|
The port is squelched. |
<IGMPROUTE> |
IGMP M Router port. Indicates the type of connection between this port and the IGMP M Router. |
|
A static connection is present between this port and the IGMP M Router |
|
No connection is present |
<INGRESSCOS> |
Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag. |
|
Set a Cos value |
|
Use the customer COS |
|
The COS to be provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode). |
<QOSENABLED> |
Used to enable or disable the egress QOS policy of an L2 Ethernet port. |
|
Disable the service. |
|
Enable the service. |
<BW0> |
Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100. |
<WEIGHT0> |
Value represents the weighted round-robin (WRR) weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15. |
<BW1> |
Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100. |
<WEIGHT1> |
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15. |
<BW2> |
Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100. |
<WEIGHT2> |
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15. |
<BW3> |
Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100. |
<WEIGHT3> |
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15. |
<BW4> |
Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100. |
<WEIGHT4> |
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15. |
<BW5> |
Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100. |
<WEIGHT5> |
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15. |
<BW6> |
Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100. |
<WEIGHT6> |
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15. |
<BW7> |
Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100. |
<WEIGHT7> |
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15. |
11.19 ED-CRS-<PATH>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Cross-Connect for STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VT1, or VT2 (ED-CRS-<PATH>) command edits a cross-connection.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Note ●
ADD and REMOVE cannot be used together. The example provided is for informational purposes only. ADD and REMOVE are mutually exclusive.
- Add/Remove drops is possible only on ONEWAY, UPSR_DROP, UPSR_DC, and UPSR_EN type cross-connects (one-way only).
- Traditional cross-connections cannot be upgraded to DRI cross-connections using the ED_CRS command.
- CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID is 48. If the CKTID is EMPTY or NULL, this field will not appear.
- You cannot add a drop onto unidrectional connections on BLSR DRI primary or secondary nodes.
Category
Cross Connections
Input Format
ED-CRS-<PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>::[<CCT>]:[ADD=<ADD>],
[REMOVE=<REMOVE>],[CKTID=<CKTID>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-CRS-STS3C::STS-1-1-1,STS-2-1-1:1:::ADD=STS-13-1-1,REMOVE=STS-2-1-1,CKTID=CKTID
CMDMDE=FRCD:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
Source AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section. |
<DST> |
Destination AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section. |
<CCT> |
Cross-connection. The parameter type is CCT which indicates the type of cross-connection to be created. |
|
A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary |
|
Path Protection multicast drop (one-way continue) |
|
Path Protection multicast end node (one-way continue) |
|
A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries Note In ONS 15454 Software Release 3.0 and later, 1WAYMON is not supported with TL1. However, it is still supported from Cisco Transport Controller (CTC). Using CTC, you can create 1WAYMON cross-connects that can be retrieved with TL1. |
|
A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary on the protection path/fiber |
|
A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries |
|
A bidirectional drop and continue connection applicable only to path protection traditional and integrated DRIs |
|
A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries on the extra protection path/fiber |
|
Diagnostics cross-connect. Supports BERT (BLSR PCA diagnostics cross-connect). |
<ADD> |
AID from the “AidUnionId” section. |
<REMOVE> |
AID from the “AidUnionId” section. |
<CKTID> |
Cross-connect ID. The default is Blank or None. String of ASCII characters. Maximum length is 48. If CKTID is empty or null, the CKTID field will not be displayed. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<PST> |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.20 ED-CRS-ETH
This command modifies an ethernet connection relationship between two or more ethernet connection end points inside the ethernet facilities.
Usage Guidelines
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value use RTRV-XX command to retrieve them.
The ethernet connection end point identifier must be the same for all the ethernet ports inside the connection and must be kept the same for all the ethernet circuit.
CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID can be 48. If the CKTID is EMPTY or NULL this field is not displayed
If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.
The "ALL" AID is invalid for this command.
Input Format
ED-CRS-ETH:[<TID>]:<src>,<dst>:<CTAG>:::[ADD=<add>],[REMOVE=<remove>],[CKTID=<cktid>][:];
Input Example
ED-CRS-ETH:KARTHIK:ETH-1-1-1-12,ETH-1-21-1-12:1:::CKTID=NEW,ADD=ETH-1-2-1;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
Ethernet connection identifier AIDs are used to access L2 ethernet connection end point. |
|
The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands. For e.g. RTRV-CRS-ETH with ALL aid returns all ETH connections on the node. |
- ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-22}-1-{1-20}
|
Ethernet connection end point aid for GE-XP card in the format of:ETHID-[shelf]-[slot]-[ppm]-[port]-[cepid], where [cepid] is the connection end point identifier, that identifies a single 1 Gbit/sec. circuit inside an ethernet port. |
- ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-4}-1-{1-20}
|
Facility aid for 10GE-XP card in the format of:ETHID-[shelf]-[slot]-[ppm]-[port]-[cepid], where [cepid] is the connection end point identifier, that identifies a single 1 Gbit/sec. circuit inside an ethernet port. |
<DST> |
Ethernet connection identifier AIDs are used to access L2 ethernet connection end point |
|
The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands. For e.g. RTRV-CRS-ETH with ALL aid returns all ETH connections on the node. |
- ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-22}-1-{1-20}
|
Ethernet connection end point aid for GE-XP card in the format of:ETHID-[shelf]-[slot]-[ppm]-[port]-[cepid], where [cepid] is the connection end point identifier, that identifies a single 1 Gbit/sec. circuit inside an ethernet port. |
- ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-4}-1-{1-20}
|
Facility aid for 10GE-XP card in the format of:ETHID-[shelf]-[slot]-[ppm]-[port]-[cepid], where [cepid] is the connection end point identifier, that identifies a single 1 Gbit/sec. circuit inside an ethernet port. |
<ADD> |
add is the AID AidUnionId.Default value is - NULL |
<REMOVE> |
remove is the AID AidUnionId. Default value is - "NULL". |
<CKTID> |
Circuit identification parameter contains the Common Language Circuit ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. May not contain blank spaces. CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID can be 48. cktid is a String. cktid is optional. Default value is - "NULL" |
11.21 ED-DAT
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Date and Time (ED-DAT) command edits the date and the time.
Input Format
ED-DAT:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::[<DATE>],[<TIME>];
Input Example
ED-DAT:PETALUMA::1234::99-12-21,14-35-15;
Input Parameters
<DATE> |
The new date. DATE is a string |
<TIME> |
The new time. TIME is a string. |
11.22 ED-DS1
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit DS1 (ED-DS1) command edits the test access attribute for DS1 access on a DS3XM-6 and DS3XM-12 card.
Usage Guidelines
- This command is not allowed if the card is a protect card.
- Both the MODE and FMT fields of this command apply to the DS3XM-12 card only.
- For the DS3XM-12 card, the DS1 frame format NE default is AUTO_PROV_FMT for the first 30 seconds to determine the real format. After 30 seconds, the DS1 frame format will be detected as FRAMED. If the frame format is not detected, it will be in the UNFRAMED format.
- For preprovisioning the DS3XM-12 card, the DS1 frame format defaults to UNFRAMED.
- For the DS3XM-12 card, the DS1 configurable attributes (PM, TH, alarm, etc.) only apply on the ported ports (Ports 1 to 12) and the VT-mapped (odd) portless ports in xxx-xxx-DS1 commands. If you provision or retrieve DS1 attributes on the DS3-mapped (even) portless port in xxx-xxx-DS1 commands, an error message will be returned.
- The test set physical connection that is set up through the ED-T3/DS1/STS1/VT1 command of the DS3XM-12 card is only allowed on the physical front ports (PORTED ports, Ports 1 to 12), which are the monitoring ports, as follows:
–
The monitoring test access ports follow the common rules for the other cards. For example, when issuing the ED-T3 command on Port 2 (FAC-6-2) with a TACC number (8), the next port, Port 3 (FAC-6-3) is used as the monitoring point also. The RTRV-T3 command on both Port 2 and Port 3 return the same TACC number (8) being used to monitor the cross-connection end (A-B). The last port (Port 12) is not allowed to set up a physical connection with the test set because there is no next available port to be the monitoring port.
–
The TACC disconnection (DISC-TACC) and the test access mode change command (CHG-TACC) follow the same requirement as in the previous step, but it is applied on the ported ports of the DS3XM-12 card.
–
The test access connection set-up command (CONN-TACC) has monitored points, which can be portless ports. This command is applied on both ported and portless ports of the DS3XM-12 card.
- If the entity has a TACC connection, the entity is not allowed to have ported or portless STS/VT cross-connection (or circuit) provisioning on the DS3XM-12 card.
- The parameters BERTMODE, BERTPATTERN, and BERTERRCOUNT apply only to DS1/E1-56 and DS3XM-12 cards
- BERT is implemented on a single port.
Input Format
ED-DS1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],
[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>],[MODE=<MODE>],[FMT=<FMT>],
[BERTMODE=<BERTMODE>],[BERTPATTERN=<BERTPATTERN>],
[BERTERRCOUNT=<BERTERRCOUNT>];
Input Example
ED-DS1:PETALUMA:DS1-2-1-6-12:123:::TACC=8,TAPTYPE=DUAL,MODE=FDL,
FMT=ESF,BERTMODE=NONE,BERTPATTERN=NONE;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “DS1” section. |
<TACC> |
TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. TACC is an integer. |
<TAPTYPE> |
TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE (test access point type). |
|
Dual FAD |
|
Single FAD |
<AISONLPBK> |
The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates whether AIS is sent on a loopback. |
|
AIS is sent on facility loopbacks. |
|
AIS is sent on all loopbacks. |
|
AIS is not sent on loopbacks. |
|
AIS is sent on terminal loopbacks. |
<MODE> |
Mode with which the command is to be implemented. DS1 path mode of the DS3XM-12 card. Defaults to FDL. The parameter type is DS1MODE, which is the DS1 path mode of the DS3XM-12 card. |
|
The DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 card is in AT&T 54016 mode. |
|
The DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 card is in FDL T1-403 mode. |
<FMT> |
Digital signal format. The DS1 path frame format of the DS3XM-12 card. Defaults to UNFRAMED. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for a T1 port. |
|
AUTOPROV |
|
C-BIT line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards. |
|
Frame format is D4. |
|
DS2 FRAMED |
|
E2 FRAMED |
|
E3-FRAME |
|
E3-PLCP |
|
Frame format is ESF. |
|
FRAMENA |
|
G-751 |
|
G-832 |
|
M13 line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards. |
|
M23 |
|
SYNTRAN |
|
Frame format is unframed. |
<BERTMODE> |
Specifies the mode [Test Pattern Generator (TPG) or Test Pattern Monitor (TPM)] of the port for BERT. |
|
BERT mode not enabled. |
|
Test pattern generator and monitor on line side. |
|
Test pattern generator and monitor on backplane. |
|
Test pattern generator on line side. |
|
Test pattern monitor on line side. |
|
Test pattern generator on backplane. |
|
Test pattern monitor on backplane. |
<BERTPATTERN> |
Specifies the error pattern to be injected for BERT. |
|
BERT pattern not enabled. |
|
PRBS15 test pattern. |
|
PRBS20 test pattern. |
|
PRBS23 test pattern. |
|
QRSS test pattern. |
|
Alternate one and zero pattern. |
<BERTERRCOUNT> |
Integer value. Value –1 indicates that BERT is disabled/not supported. |
11.23 ED-DSCP-<MOD2>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit ETH or CHGRP (ED-DSCP-<MOD2>) command edits Differentiated Service Code Points (DSCP) to COS conversion table associated to a L2 ethernet port or a channel group.
Usage Guidelines
This command is applicable when the INGRESSCOS parameter is set to DSCP value on the ethernet port or channel group.
Category
Ethernet or Channel Group
Input Format
ED-DSCP-MOD2:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<COS>:DSCPFIRST=<DSCP_FIRST>,DSCPLAST=<DSCP_LAST>[:];
Input Example
ED-DSCP-ETH::ETH-5-1-1:1234::3:DSCPFIRST=26,DSCPLAST=30;
ED-DSCP-CHGRP::CHGRP-5-1:1::3:DSCPFIRST=26,DSCPLAST=30;
Table 11-2 ED-DSCP-MOD2 Command - Parameter Support
|
|
<AID> |
Access identifier. |
|
Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section. |
<INGRESSCOS> |
Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag. |
|
Set a Cos value |
|
The COS is set according to DSCP to COS mapping table. |
|
Use the Customer COS |
|
The COS will be provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode) |
<DSCPFIRST> |
DSCP range. Indicates a DSCP value used in the ethernet frame to define the QoS in L3 ethernet transport. It is a number in the range 0..64. Default values is 0 |
<DSCPLAST> |
DSCP range. Indicates a DSCP value used in the ethernet frame to define the QoS in L3 ethernet transport. It is a number in the range 0..64. Default values is 0. |
11.24 ED-EC1
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Electrical Carrier (ED-EC1) command edits the attributes of an EC1 card.
Usage Guidelines
- This command is not allowed if the card is a protecting card.
- You cannot directly transition a facility from IS to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state. You can transition a facility to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state from any state except OOS-MA,MT. To transition a facility from OOS-MA,MT to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state, all the following conditions must be met:
–
The facility is not sourcing a synchronization clock
–
The facility's DCC is disabled
–
The facility is not part of a protection group
–
The facility is not supporting cross-connects
–
The facility is not using overhead connections or overhead terminations (such as express orderwire, local orderwire, or user data channels [UDCs])
Note
The conditions stipulated can be overridden by using the CMDMDE=FRCD option. The FRCD option will immediately remove the facility from service (except for IS to OOS-MA,DSBLD transition) with no consideration for orderly interruption.
Input Format
ED-EC1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PJMON=<PJMON>],[LBO=<LBO>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],
[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[NAME=<NAME>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],
[TRC=<TRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],[<TRCFORMAT>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>],
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-EC1:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:123:::PJMON=0,LBO=0-225,SOAK=10,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,
NAME="EC1 PORT",EXPTRC="AAA",TRC="AAA",TRCMODE=MAN,TRCFORMAT="16-BYTE,
AISONLPBK=AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL,CMDMDE=CMDMDE:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<PJMON> |
A SONET pointer number (0 or 1) of an EC1 port. PJMON is an integer. |
<LBO> |
Line build-out settings. LBO is an integer. It defaults to 0–225. The parameter type is E_LBO (electrical signal line build-out). |
|
Electrical signal line build-out range is 0–225. |
|
Electrical signal line build-out range is 226–450. |
<SOAK> |
IS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer. Defaults to 32. |
<SFBER> |
Signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path. |
|
SFBER is 1E-3. |
|
SFBER is 1E-4. |
|
SFBER is 1E-5. |
<SDBER> |
Signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
SDBER is 1E-5. |
|
SDBER is 1E-6. |
|
SDBER is 1E-7. |
|
SDBER is 1E-8. |
|
SDBER is 1E-9. |
<NAME> |
NAME is a string. Default value is NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters. |
<EXPTRC> |
String |
<TRC> |
String |
<TRCMODE> |
The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode). |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards. |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported. |
<TRCFORMAT> |
Trace message size. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format). |
|
1 byte trace message. |
|
16 byte trace message. |
|
64 byte trace message. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<AISONLPBK> |
Defaults to AIS_ONLPBK_FACILITY. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates whether AIS is sent on a loopback. |
|
AIS is sent on facility loopbacks. |
|
AIS is sent on all loopbacks. |
|
AIS is not sent on loopbacks. |
|
AIS is sent on terminal loopbacks. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<PST> |
Primary state. Defaults to IS. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. Defaults to AINS. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.25 ED-EFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Ethernet in the First Mile (ED-EFM) command edits ethernet OAM parameters on the front end port of the fast (10/100 Mbps) ethernet card.
Usage Guidelines
- The EFMSTATE parameter should be “enabled” for the facility by ED-FSTE to edit the EFM parameters.
- You cannot enable or disable the remote loopback through the local interface on the remote OAM peer entity if any other type of loopback (facility/terminal) is already configured on the local interface.
Input Format
ED-EFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[STATE=<STATE>],[MODE=<MODE>],[LFACTION=<LFACTION>],[SESSIONTIMER=<SESSIONTIMER>];
Input Example
ED-EFM::ETH-12-1-1:1:::MODE=PASSIVE,LFACTION=ERROR-BLOCK,DGACTION=ERROR-BLOCK,SESSIONTIMER=40;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
<STATE> |
Indicates whether the EFM is enabled or disabled on the port. |
|
Indicates the EFM is enabled on the port. |
|
Indicates the EFM is disabled on the port. |
<MODE> |
Indicates the mode of the EFM port. |
|
The port is in the active state. |
|
The port is in the passive state. |
<LFACTION> |
Action to be taken for the failure of the link on the port. |
|
No action. |
|
Block the port. |
<SESSIONTIMER> |
Session expire timer for EFM (in seconds). |
11.26 ED-ETH
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Ethernet (ED-ETH) command edits the front-end port information of a 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet card.
Usage Guidelines
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values, but these values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
The SELECTIVEAUTO parameter is applicable only when EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX are not set to AUTO mode.
Note
This command is available in Software Release 8.0.1 and later. It is not available in R8.0 and earlier.
Input Format
ED-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[FLOW=<FLOW>],[EXPDUPLEX=<EXPDUPLEX>],[SELECTIVEAUTO=<SELECTIVEAUTO>],[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>],[VLANCOS=<VLANCOSTHRESHOLD>],[IPTOS=<IPTOSTHRESHOLD>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SUPPRESS=<SUPPRESS>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[LIENABLE=<LIENABLE>],[LITIMER=<LITIMER>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-ETH:CISCO:FAC-1-1:123:::FLOW=Y,EXPDUPLEX=HALF,EXPSPEED=10_MBPS,
SELECTIVEAUTO=Y,VLANCOS=2,IPTOS=4,NAME="ETHPORT",CMDMDE=FRCD,
SOAK=32,LIENABLE=Y,LITIMER=200:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
<FACILITY> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section |
<FLOW> |
(Optional) Flow. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<EXPDUPLEX> |
(Optional) Ethernet duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX, which is the duplex mode. |
|
Auto mode |
|
Full mode |
|
Half mode |
<SELECTIVEAUTO> |
(Optional) Selective auto-negotiation. The parameter is Y or N (enable or disable auto-negotiation). This indicates selective auto-negotiation of EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX only. |
|
Enable selective auto-negotiation. |
|
Disable selective auto-negotiation. |
<EXPSPEED> |
(Optional) Ethernet speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed. |
|
100 Megabits per second |
|
10 Gigabits per second |
|
10 Megabits per second |
|
1 Gigabit per second |
|
40 Gigabit per second |
|
Enable auto negotiation with full duplex |
|
Auto |
<VLANCOS> |
(Optional) Priority queing threshold based on VLAN class of service for incoming Ethernet packets. VLANCOS is an integer. |
<IPTOS> |
(Optional) Priority queing threshold based on IP type of service for incoming Ethernet packets. IPTOS is an integer. |
<NAME> |
(Optional) Name. NAME is a string. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
<SUPPRESS> |
Pre-service alarm flag for data ports. |
|
Enable suppress. |
|
Disable suppress. Default is Off. |
<SOAK> |
(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer. |
<LIENABLE> |
(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER. By default LITIMER is enabled. Note The LIENABLE parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
<LITIMER> |
(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms. Note The LITIMER parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
<PST> |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.27 ED-EQPT
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Equipment (ED-EQPT) command edits the attributes for a given equipment slot in the NE. If the card is in an equipment slot, this command is allowed only on the working AID.
The ED-EQPT command also modifies a shelf role from node controller (NC) to shelf controller (SC) on an NE configured in multishelf mode.
Usage Guidelines
The PROTID parameter indicates the unique identifier of the protection group (the protect card). “NULL” is a special value of the PROTID parameter and indicates the absence of a protection group. For the 1:1 protection type, RVRTV and RVTM parameters can be changed. For the 1:1 protection type, if the PROTID parameter is entered as “NULL”, the protection group is deleted, as shown in the following command:
ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;
For the 1:N protection type, if the PROTID is “NULL,” the AIDs in the list are removed from the protection group. If all the working cards are in the AID list, the protection group is deleted.
For example, if Slot 1, Slot 2, and Slot 4 were the only working cards in the protection group, the following command would remove Slot 4 from the protection group:
ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-4:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;
The protection group still has Slot 1 and Slot 2 as working cards.
The following command will remove all the other working cards in the above example and consequently, delete the protection group itself:
ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2&SLOT-1:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;
The ED-EQPT command can be successfully executed on an already provisioned card to add or remove a working card from a protection group. This command is not valid on a protect card. Only cards can be added to or removed from a protection group. Protection type is immutable and is determined at the time of creation of a protection group (while adding the first working card). After it is provisioned, the equipment type cannot be edited either.
Examples of adding an existing card to a protection group using the ED-EQPT command:
1:1 protection group:
ED-EQPT::SLOT-2:12:::PROTID=SLOT-1,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=9.0;
1:N protection group:
ED-EQPT::SLOT-2:12:::PROTID=SLOT-3,PRTYPE=1-N,RVTM=6.5;
Error conditions for editing a 1:1 or 1:N protection group might be:
- Editing the PRTYPE or PROTID (non-NULL value) parameters.
- Editing RVRTV or RVTM when no protection group exists.
- Editing RVRTV for 1:N protection.
- Failed to remove, currently switched to protect.
- CARDMODE provisioning is allowed on the DS3XM-12 cards as follows:
–
DS3XM-12 card provisioning is based on the XCON type and DS3XM-12 card’s location. For example, the DS3XM-12 card in the lower speed I/O slot with the XCVT card only allows the DS3XM-12-STS12 CARDMODE. Other cases allow the CARDMODE to be DS3XM-12-STS-48.
–
There is no card reboot if the CARDMODE is changed on the DS3XM-12 card.
–
The DS3XM-12 card can be upgraded or downgraded by changing the CARDMODE with the ED-EQPT command.
CMDMDE provisioning behaves as follows:
- If the command mode (CMDMDE) is set to NORM during the creation of a 1:1 or 1:N protection group, all cards must be physically plugged in and in the service state (IS). If the cards are not physically plugged in and are not in ready state, the command is denied with an appropriate error message. CMDMDE=FRCD will override the default behavior and allow creation of protection group regardless of the physical presence and ready state of cards.
- If the command mode is set to NORM during the removal of a card in a 1:1 or 1:N protection group, there must be no cross-connects (for example, services) present on the card. CMDMDE=FRCD will override the default behavior and allow deletion of protection group regardless of presence of cross-connects on the card.
Note
For the FC_MR-4 card, the card mode cannot be changed to FCMR-LINERATE when the payload on any port is 1GFICON or 2GFICON. These payloads are allowed only in distance extension card mode.
Input Format
ED-EQPT[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::PROTID=<PROTID>],[PRTYPE=<PRTYPE>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[CARDMODE=<CARDMODE>],[PEERID=<PEERID>],[REGENNAME=<REGENNAME>],[PEERNAME=<PEERNAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[RETIME=<RETIME>],[SHELFROLE=<SHELFROLE>],[NEWSHELFID=<NEWSHELFID>],[FRPROLE=<FRPROLE>],[FRPSTATE=<FRPSTATE>],[FRPHOLDOFFTIME=<FRPHOLDOFFTIME>],[ADMINCVLAN=<ADMINCVLAN>],[ADMINSVLAN=<ADMINSVLAN>],[CFMSTATE=<CFMSTATE>],[CCTIMER=<CCTIMER>],[PROTOPMODE=<PROTOPMODE>],[SWITCHWITHCRCALARM=<SWITCHWITHCRCALARM>],[CRCTHR=<CRCTHR>],[CRCPOLLINTRVL=<CRCPOLLINTRVL>],[CRCSOAKCNT=<CRCSOAKCNT>],[USB=<USB>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-EQPT::SLOT-15:a::CARDMODE=GEXP-L2ETH,SWITCHWITHCRCALARM=Y;
ED-EQPT::SLOT-15:a::CARDMODE=GEXP-L2ETH,CRCPOLLINTRVL=4;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<CARDMODE> |
Defines the card mode. |
|
Changes the card mode from LAN to WAN. |
|
DS1 mode on DS1E1 card. |
|
E1 mode on DS1E1 card. |
|
Hybrid/E1-retimed port usage profile. |
|
Hybrid/DS1-retimed port usage profile. |
|
Indicates the DS3XM-12 card in the STS12 back plane rate mode. |
|
Indicates the DS3XM-12 card in the STS12 back plane rate mode. |
|
Line terminating mode. |
|
Section terminating mode. |
|
Transparent mode AIS. |
|
Transparent mode SQUELCH. |
|
FC-MR-4 card with Distance Extension support. |
|
FC-MR-4 card without Distance Extension support. |
|
ML1 series card in DOS FPGA using GFP framing type. |
|
ML1 series card in DOS FPGA using HDLC framing type. |
|
ML1 series card in DOS FPGA which supports Resilient Packet Ring (RPR). |
|
Fiber channel or GIGE mode for the MXP-MR-2.5G. |
|
Fiber channel, GIGE, or ISC mode for the Cisco ONS 15454 MXP-MR-10DME, MXP-MR-10DMEX card series. |
|
1..4 facilities with fiber channel, GIGE, or ISC traffic mode and facility 5 with 4 Gbps fiber channel traffic mode for the Cisco ONS 15454 MXP-MR-10DME, MXP-MR-10DMEX card series. |
|
Facility 1 with 4 Gbps fiber channel traffic mode and 5..8 facilities with fiber channel, GIGE, or ISC traffic mode for the Cisco ONS 15454 MXP-MR-10DME, MXP-MR-10DMEX card series. |
|
4 Gbps fiber channel traffic mode for the Cisco ONS 15454 MXP-MR-10DME, MXP-MR-10DMEX card series. |
|
PSM working in classic configuration. |
|
PSM working in stand-alone mode. |
|
Booster mode for amplifier cards: OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C and OPT-AMP-23-C cards. |
|
Pre-amplifier mode for amplifier cards: OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C and OPT-AMP-23-C cards. |
|
10GE-XP behaves as two separate transponders, where client 1 is associated to trunk 3 and client 2 is associated to trunk 4. |
|
10GE-XP behaves as an L2 Ethernet switch. |
|
GE-XP behaves as a double Muxponder having ten 1 Gbps client facilities with one trunk. The first 10 GIGE clients are associated to the first trunk (21), while GIGE facilities from 11 to 20 are associated to trunk 22. |
|
GE-XP behaves as a single Muxponder having ten 1 Gbps client facilities with one trunk. Only the first 10 GIGE clients are associated to the first trunk (21) while the other facilities are unused. |
|
GE-XP behaves as an L2 Ethernet Switch. |
|
Auto allocation of back-end channels for CE-MR-10 (Cisco ONS 15454 SONET only) cards. |
|
Manual allocation of back-end channels for CE-MR-10 (Cisco ONS 15454 SONET only) cards. |
|
Unknown. |
|
80-WXC-C working in bidirectional mode. |
|
80-WXC-C working as demultiplexer. |
|
80-WXC-C working as multiplexer. |
|
40G-MXP-MUXPONDER working as multiplexer. |
|
40G-MXP-UNIDIR-REGEN working as regenerator. |
<FRPHOLDOFFTIME> |
Indicates the hold off timer value. The protection does not start until the hold off time expires. |
|
Indicates the hold off timer value as 100 milliseconds. |
|
Indicates the hold off timer value as 1milisecond. |
|
Indicates the hold off timer value as 200 milliseconds. |
|
Indicates the hold off timer value as 2 milliseconds. |
|
Indicates the hold off timer value as 500 milliseconds. |
|
Indicates the hold off timer value as 50 milliseconds. |
|
Indicates the hold off timer value as 50 milliseconds. |
|
Indicates that the hold off timer is disabled. |
<ADMINCVLAN> |
Customer VLAN identifier for REP. ADMINCVLAN is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved to untagged VLAN. |
<ADMINSVLAN > |
Service provider VLAN identifier for REP. ADMINSVLAN is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved to untagged VLAN. |
<CFMSTATE> |
Link Integrity status. |
|
Enabled |
|
Disabled |
<CCTIMER> |
Indicates continuity check message timer. |
|
1 minute. |
|
1 second. |
|
10 seconds. |
<PROTOPMODE> |
PROTOPMODE |
<FRPROLE> |
Indicates the fast ring protection enable mode for GE-XP/10GE-XP units involved in a protection scheme. |
|
Role is of card master of the ring. |
|
Role is of card slave of the ring. |
<FRPSTATE> |
Indicates the fast ring protection enable state. |
|
Disabled protection |
|
Enabled protection |
|
Forced protection |
<NEWSHELFID> |
(Optional) New shelf identifier is used to change the value of the shelf identifier for the addressed shelf. The value must be different by one and can be in the range from two to eight. This field can only be changed if (in the same command) the SHELFROLE is equal to SC. Integer. |
<PEERID> |
The regeneration peer slot from the “CHGRP” section. |
<PROTID> |
(Optional) Protection group name. PROTID is a string. |
<REGENNAME> |
The name of a regeneration group. REGENNAME is a string. |
<RETIME> |
(Optional) Indicates the RETIME function for all the facilities on this card. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). (Supported on the DS1/E1-56 card for the Cisco ONS 15454 platform). |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<RVRTV> |
(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Defaults to N, non-revertive. |
|
Does not revert service to original line after restoration. |
|
Reverts service to original line after restoration. |
<RVTM> |
(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time). |
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes. |
<SWITCHWITHCRCALARM> |
Switch the GZ card with CRC Alarms |
<CRCTHR> |
CRC threshold values beyond which alarms are raised. The available threshold values are 10E-2, 10E-3, and 10E-4. |
<CRCPOLLINTRVL> |
Interval of time after which the polling starts. |
<CRCSOAKCNT> |
Number of poll cycles during which defect is integrated. The value ranges from 3 to 10. |
<USB> |
Identifies the USB port where a passive unit is connected. |
<PST> |
(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SHELFROLE> |
The role of the shelf in the context of the node. When it is omitted it defaults to SC. The parameter is SHELF_ROLE. |
<SST> |
(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.28 ED-FAC
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Facility (ED-FAC) command provisions the payload (or signal) type of facility. The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
Usage Guidelines
The DS3/EC1 values for the payload parameter are applicable to the following cards:
Input Format
ED-FAC:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[PAYLOAD=<PAYLOAD>],
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-FAC:PETALUMA:FAC-3-9:2222:::PAYLOAD=E4-FRAMED,CMDMDE=FRCD:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<PAYLOAD> |
The payload for the card. The parameter type is PAYLOAD, which identifies the payload type. |
|
DS3/T3 facility |
|
EC1 facility |
|
E3 facility |
|
OC3 facility |
|
OC12 facility |
|
OC48 facility |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<PST> |
Primary state. Defaults to IS. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. Defaults to AINS. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Maintenance mode |
11.29 ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Facility Protection Group for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 4GFC, 4GFICON, 8GFC, D1VIDEO, DV6000, DVBASI, ETRCLO, FSTE, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>) command edits the operating parameters for a dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) client facility.
Usage Guidelines
- Y-cable with bidirectional protection is applicable only for ISC3STP1G and ISC3STP2G payloads on the AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards.
- Y-cable with unidirectional protection is applicable only for payloads other than ISC3STP1G and ISC3STP2G on the AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards.
- The command does not support 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, and AUTO payloads on AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards.
Input Format
ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>][:];
Input Example
ED-FFP-OTU1:CISCO:VFAC-1-1-1:100:::PROTID=DC-METRO,RVRTV=N,RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC AID. |
<PROTAID> |
The protection group identifier (protection group name). Defaults to the protecting port AID of the protection group. PROTAID can have a maximum length of 32 characters. It is a string. |
<RVRTV> |
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. Only applies to path protection configurations. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Does not revert service to original line after restoration. |
|
Reverts service to original line after restoration. |
<RVTM> |
Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while “RVRTV” is N. Only applies to path protection configurations. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time). |
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes. |
<PSDIRN> |
Protection switch operation. Identifies the switching mode. Defaults to UNI. Note The MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards do not support bidirectional switching. The parameter type is UNI_BI (unidirectional switch operations). |
|
Bidirectional protection switching |
|
Unidirectional protection switching |
11.30 ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Facility Protection Group for OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, or OC768 (ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>) command edits the optical facility protection.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Note ●
This command can be used on both protecting and working AIDs. Optimized 1+1 and related attributes are only applicable to the ONS 15454.
- Optimized 1+1 and related attributes are only applicable to ONS 15454.
- The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command obtain the current value.
Input Format
ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>],[VRGRDTM=<VRGRDTM>],
[DTGRDTM=<DTGRDTM>],[RCGRDTM=<RCGRDTM>][:];
Input Example
ED-FFP-OC3:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:1:::PROTID=PROT_NAME,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,
PSDIRN=BI,VRGRDTM=0.5,DTGRDTM=1.0,RCGRDTM=1.0;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<PROTAID> |
The protection group identifier (protection group name). PROTAID can have a maximum length of 32 characters. It is a string. |
<RVRTV> |
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Does not revert service to original line after restoration. |
|
Reverts service to original line after restoration. |
<RVTM> |
Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time). |
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes. |
<PSDIRN> |
Protection switch operation. Indicates the switch mode. Defaults to UNI. The parameter type is UNI_BI (unidirectional and bidirectional switch operations). |
|
Bidirectional protection switching |
|
Unidirectional protection switching |
<VRGRDTM> |
Verification guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is VERIFICATION_GUARD_TIMER (optimized 1+1 verification guard timer). |
|
500 milliseconds |
|
1 second |
<DTGRDTM> |
Detection guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is DETECTION _GUARD_TIMER (optimized 1+1 detection guard timer). |
|
0 seconds |
|
50 milliseconds |
|
100 milliseconds |
|
500 milliseconds |
|
1 second to 5 seconds |
<RCGRDTM> |
Recovery guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is RECOVERY_GUARD_TIMER (optimized 1+1 recovery guard timer). |
|
0 seconds |
|
50 milliseconds |
|
100 milliseconds |
|
500 milliseconds |
|
1 second to 10 seconds |
11.31 ED-FFP-OCH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Facility Protection Group Optical Channel (ED-FFP-OCH) command changes the provisioning for the default protection group on the DWDM port of a TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G card.
Input Format
ED-FFP-OCH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],
[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>][:];
Input Example
ED-FFP-OCH:VA454-22:CHAN-2-2:100:::PROTID=“FIXEDPROTECTION”,RVRTV=N,
RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
<PROTAID> |
The protection group identifier (protection group name). PROTAID is a string. |
<RVRTV> |
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Does not revert service to original line after restoration. |
|
Reverts service to original line after restoration. |
<RVTM> |
Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time). |
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes |
<PSDIRN> |
Protection switch operation. The parameter type is TRANS_MODE (G1000 transponder mode) |
|
Bidirectional |
|
Not in transponder mode |
|
Unidirectional |
11.32 ED-FFP-OTS
(Cisco ONS 15454)
The Edit Facility Protection Group OTS (ED-FFP-OTS) command changes provisioning for the Y-cable or splitter protection group on the OTU2-XP card
Usage Guidelines
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
Input Format
ED-FFP-OTS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],
[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>][:];
Input Example
ED-FFP-OTS:VA454-22:CHAN-2-2:100:::PROTID=“FIXED PROTECTION”,RVRTV=N,
RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI;
Table 11-3 Parameter Support
|
|
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
<PROTAID> |
The protection group identifier (protection group name). PROTAID is a string. |
<RVRTV> |
(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
Does not revert service to original line after restoration. |
|
Reverts service to original line after restoration. |
<RVTM> |
(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time). |
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes. |
<PSDIRN> |
(Optional) Protection switch operation. The parameter type is TRANS_MODE, which is the G1000 transponder mode. |
|
Bidirectional |
|
Not in transponder mode |
|
Unidirectional |
11.33 ED-FOG
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Fan-Out-Group (ED-FOG) command adds and deletes the members connecting to the CPT 50 panel and applied on the carrier packet transport (CPT) system.
Usage Guidelines
The interfaces that can be attached should be valid for the FOG. At least one interface must be always attached to the FOG.
Input Format
ED-FOG[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::ATTACH=<ATTACH>],[DETACH=<DETACH>],[QUEUEMODE=<QUEUEMODE>],[PBNAME=<PBNAME>];
Input Examples
ED-FOG::FOG-1-36:1:::ATTACH=FAC-2-2-1;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
<ATTACH> |
AID of the fabric and line card ports used as the Fan-out members. This is the AID of the interface to be attached to the FOG. |
<DETACH> |
AID of the fabric and line card ports used as the Fan-out members. This is the AID of the interface to be detached from the FOG. |
<QUEUEMODE> |
QUEUEMODE |
|
NOPRI |
|
STRICT |
<PBNAME> |
PBNAME |
11.34 ED-FSTE
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Fast Ethernet (ED-FSTE) command edits the front-end port information of the fast (10/100 Mbps) Ethernet card.
Usage Guidelines
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
The SELECTIVEAUTO parameter is applicable only when EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX are not set to AUTO mode.
Squelch can either be enabled or set to transparent on FE.
Note
For the ML-100T-8 card, only the NAME parameter can be set.
Input Format
ED-FSTE:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[FLOW=<FLOW>],[EXPDUPLEX=<EXPDUPLEX>],[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>],[SELECTIVEAUTO=<SELECTIVEAUTO>],[VLANCOS=<VLANCOSTHRESHOLD>],[IPTOS=<IPTOSTHRESHOLD>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SUPPRESS=<SUPPRESS>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[LIENABLE=<LIENABLE>],[LITIMER=<LITIMER>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[CIR=<CIR>],[CBS=<CBS>],[EBS=<EBS>],[OSC=<OSC>],[AUTONEG=<AUTONEG>],[MTU=<MTU>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCH>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-FSTE:CISCO:FAC-1-1:123:::FLOW=Y,EXPDUPLEX=HALF,EXPSPEED=10_MBPS,
SELECTIVEAUTO=Y,VLANCOS=2,IPTOS=4,NAME="FSTEPORT",CMDMDE=FRCD,
SUPPRESS=Y,SOAK=32,LIENABLE=Y,LITIMER=200:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. |
<FLOW> |
Flow control. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<EXPDUPLEX> |
Ethernet duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX (duplex mode). |
|
Auto mode |
|
Full mode |
|
Half mode |
<EXPSPEED> |
Ethernet speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED (Ethernet speed). |
|
100 Megabits per second |
|
10 Gigabits per second |
|
10 Megabits per second |
|
1 Gigabits per second |
|
40 Gigabit per second |
|
Enable auto negotiation with full duplex |
|
Auto |
<SELECTIVEAUTO> |
(Optional) Selective auto-negotiation. The parameter is Y or N (enable or disable auto-negotiation). This indicates selective auto-negotiation of EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX only. |
|
Enable selective auto-negotiation. |
|
Disable selective auto-negotiation. |
<VLANCOS> |
Priority queuing threshold based on VLAN class of service of incoming Ethernet packets. Default value is 1175. VLANCOS is an integer. |
<IPTOS> |
Priority queuing threshold based on IP type of service of incoming Ethernet packets. Default value is 368. IPTOS is an integer. |
<NAME> |
Name. NAME is a string. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<SUPPRESS> |
Pre-service alarm flag for data ports. |
|
Enable suppress. |
|
Disable suppress. Default is Off. |
<SOAK> |
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer. |
<LIENABLE> |
(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER. By default LITIMER is enabled. Note The LIENABLE parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
<LITIMER> |
(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms. Note The LITIMER parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
<FREQ> |
(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which indicates the optical wavelength. |
|
Wavelength 1310. |
|
Wavelength 1529.16 |
|
Wavelength 1562.23 |
|
Wavelength 1562.64 |
|
Wavelength 1563.05 |
|
Wavelength 1563.45 |
|
Wavelength 1563.86 |
|
Wavelength 1564.27 |
|
Wavelength 1564.68 |
|
Wavelength 1565.09 |
|
Wavelength 1565.50 |
|
Wavelength 1565.90 |
|
Wavelength 1566.31 |
|
Wavelength 1566.72 |
<LOSSB> |
(Optional) The parameter type is REACH, which indicates the reach values. |
|
100GBASE-LR4 |
|
100GBASE-SR10 |
|
40GBASE-FR |
|
40GBASE-LR4 |
|
Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card. |
|
4I1-9D1F |
|
C4S1-2D1 |
|
FE-BX |
|
FX |
|
GE-BX |
|
GE-EX |
|
LX-10 |
|
TEN-GE-LRM |
|
TEN-GE-ZR |
|
VSR2000-3R2 |
|
Auto provisioning |
|
Coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) |
|
Reach CX1 |
|
Reach LR |
|
Reach LR-2 |
|
Reach LX |
|
Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength |
|
Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength |
|
Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Reach SC |
|
Reach SR |
|
10 GE extended range |
|
10 GE long range |
|
10 GE short range |
<CIR> |
Ingress committed information rate. This is a value between 0.0 and 100.0. Default value is 100.0. |
<CBS> |
Ingress committed burst bucket size. |
4K |
4 Kbit bucket size |
8K |
8 Kbit bucket size |
16K |
16 Kbit bucket size |
32K |
32 Kbit bucket size |
64K |
64 Kbit bucket size |
128K |
128 Kbit bucket size |
256K |
256 Kbit bucket size |
512K |
512 Kbit bucket size |
1M |
1 Mbit bucket size |
2M |
1 Mbit bucket size |
4M |
4 Mbit bucket size |
8M |
8 Mbit bucket size |
16M |
16 Mbit bucket size |
<EBS> |
Ingress excess burst bucket size. |
<OSC> |
To enable or disable the OSC on the port. Note The OSC parameter is supported only on 15454-M2 and 15454-M6. |
<AUTONEG> |
Automatic negotiation. Defaults to Y. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
<MTU> |
(Optional) Maximum transport unit. The parameter type is MTU_TYPE, which indicates the maximum transport unit used by an Ethernet card. Defaults to 9600. |
<SQUELCHMODE> |
Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects |
|
Transparent |
|
Squelch is enabled |
<PST> |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.35 ED-FTPSERVER
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit FTP Server (ED-FTPSERVER) command edits FTP server entries.
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to edit only the ENABLE and TIMER parameters.
Input Format
ED-FTPSERVER:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::IPADDR=<IPADDR>,[ENABLE=<ENABLE>], [TIMER=<TIMER>];
Input Examples
1.
ED-FTPSERVER:::A:::IPADDR=10.20.30.40,ENABLE=Y,TIMER=30;
2.
ED-FTPSERVER:TID::CTAG:::IPADDR=“[3ffe:0501:0008:0000:0260:97ff:fe40:efab]”,ENABLE=Y,
TIMER=45;
Input Parameters
<IPADDR> |
Specifies the IP address of the FTP server. |
<ENABLE> |
Specifies the enable/disable option of the FTP server. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<TIMER> |
(Optional) Specifies the timeout value of the FTP server in minutes. Timer is an integer that can be set between 0 and 60 minutes. |
11.36 ED-G1000
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit G1000 (ED-G1000) command edits the attributes related to a G1000 port.
Usage Guidelines
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
Input Format
ED-G1000:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[MFS=<MFS>],[FLOW=<FLOW>],
[LOWMRK=<LOWMRK>],[HIWMRK=<HIWMRK>],[AUTONEG=<AUTONEG>],
[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[LIENABLE=<LIENABLE>],
[LITIMER=<LITIMER>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-G1000:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:CTAG:::MFS=1548,FLOW=Y,LOWMRK=20,HIWMRK=492,
AUTONEG=Y,NAME="G1000 PORT",CMDMDE=FRCD,SOAK=32,LIENABLE=Y
LITIMER=300:OOS,DSBLD;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<MFS> |
Maximum frame size. the parameter type is MFS_TYPE, which is the maximum frame size used by an Ethernet card. |
|
Normal frame size |
|
Jumbo frame size |
<FLOW> |
Flow control. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<LOWMRK> |
Low watermark value. LOWMRK is an integer. Defaults to 25. LOWMRK is available in Software Release 4.0.1 and later. |
<HIWMRK> |
High watermark value. HIWMRK is an integer. Defaults to 485. |
<AUTONEG> |
Automatic negotiation. Defaults to Y. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<NAME> |
Name. NAME is a string. Default is NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<SOAK> |
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer. Defaults to 32. |
<LIENABLE> |
(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER. By default LITIMER is enabled. Note The LIENABLE parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
<LITIMER> |
(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms. Note The LITIMER parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
<ENCAP> |
(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type. |
|
GFP frame mode. |
|
GFP transparent mode. |
|
HDLC frame mode. |
|
HDLC LAN extension frame mode. |
|
HDLC X.86 frame mode. |
|
CBR mapping mode. |
|
GFP mapping mode. |
|
GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card. |
|
Transparent mapping mode. |
<PST> |
Primary state. Defaults to OOS. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. Defaults to DSBLD. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.37 ED-GFP
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Generic Framing Protocol (ED-GFP) command edits GFP parameters on the ONS 15454 CE-100T-8 AND FC_MR-4, CE-1000-4 cards.
Usage Guidelines
- For the FC_MR-4 card, the parameters AUTOTHGFPBUF, GFPBUF, and FILTER can be edited only if distance extension is enabled (set to B2B).
- On POS ports of CE-MR-10 card, FCS cannot be set to NONE when the encapsulation is set to GFP.
Input Format
ED-GFP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[FCS=<FCS>],[AUTOTHGFPBUF=<AUTOTHGFPBUF>],
[GFPBUF=<GFPBUF>],[FILTER=<FILTER>];
Input Example
ED-GFP:PETALUMA:VFAC-1-0:123:::FCS=N,AUTOTHGFPBUF=Y,GFPBUF=16,
FILTER=INGRESS;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. Note VFAC AID is used for the CE-100T-8 cards on the ONS 15454. ML-100T-8 GFP management is done through the Cisco IOS command-line interface (CLI) and not through the TL1 interface. The FAC AID is used for the ONS 15454 FC_MR-4. |
<FCS> |
Payload frame check sequence. The parameter type is FCS (frame check sequence). |
|
Frame check sequencing using 16 bits |
|
Frame check sequencing using 32 bits |
|
No frame check sequence |
<AUTOTHGFPBUF> |
The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<FILTER> |
The parameter type is GFP_FILTER, which is the filter feature in GFP. |
|
Activate filter feature on the egress port. |
|
Turn off filter feature. |
11.38 ED-HDLC
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit High-Level Data Link Control (ED-HDLC) command edits HDLC-related attributes for HDLC-encapsulated payloads.
Input Format
ED-HDLC:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>[:::FCS=<FCS>][CRC=<CRC>];
Input Example
ED-HDLC:PETALUMA:VFAC-1-1-PORT:CTAG:::FCS=FCS-16,CRC=CRC-32;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<FCS> |
Payload frame check sequence. The parameter type is FCS (frame check sequence). |
|
Frame check sequence using 16 bits |
|
Frame check sequence using 32 bits |
|
No frame check sequence |
<CRC> |
Cyclic Redundancy Check. Note CRC is applicable only to ADM10G card. |
|
Cyclic Redundancy Check using 16 bits. |
|
Cyclic Redundancy Check using 32 bits. |
11.39 ED-L2-ETH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Layer 2 Ethernet (ED-L2-ETH) command edits the layer 2 port information of GE-XP and 10GE-XP Ethernet cards.
Usage Guidelines
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values, but these values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
Input Format
ED-L2-ETH[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::NIMODE=<NIMODE>],[MACLEARNING=<MACLEARNING>],[INGRESSCOS=<INGRESSCOS>],[ETHERCETYPE=<ETHER_CE_TYPE>],[ETHERSTYPE=<ETHER_S_TYPE>],[ALWMACADDR=<ALW_MAC_ADDR>],[INHMACADDR=<INH_MAC_ADDR>],[BPDU=<BPDU>],[BRIDGESTATE=<BRIDGE_STATE>],[QNQMODE=<QNQMODE>],[TRNSPSVLAN=<TRNSP_SVLAN>],[NAME=<NAME>],[IGMPROUTER=<IGMPROUTER>],[AISACTION=<AISACTION>],[PROTACTION=<PROTACTION>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMD>],[IGMPONCVLAN=<IGMPONCVLAN>],[IGMPCVLAN=<IGMPCVLAN>],[DLF=<DLF>],[DLFTHRES=<DLFTHRES>],[MCAST=<MCAST>],[MCASTTHRES=<MCASTTHRES>],[BCAST=<BCAST>],[BCASTTHRES=<BCASTTHRES>],[CLRCRCALM=<CLRCRCALM>][:];
Input Example
"ETH-2-21-1::NIMODE=NNI,MACLEARNING=N,INGRESSCOS=0,ETHERCETYPE=8100,ETHERSTYPE=8100,BPDU=N,BRIDGESTATE=FORWARDING,ACTBRIDGESTATE=UNKNOWN,QNQMODE=SELECTIVE,IGMPROUTER=NONE,AISACTION=AIS-NONE,PROTACTION=PROT-SQUELCH,IGMPONCVLAN=N,DLF=N,DLFTHRES=0,MCAST=N,MCASTTHRES=0,BCAST=N,BCASTTHRES=0,CLRCRCALM=N:"
"ETH-2-22-1::NIMODE=NNI,MACLEARNING=N,INGRESSCOS=0,ETHERCETYPE=8100,ETHERSTYPE=8100,BPDU=N,BRIDGESTATE=FORWARDING,ACTBRIDGESTATE=UNKNOWN,QNQMODE=SELECTIVE,IGMPROUTER=NONE,AISACTION=AIS-NONE,PROTACTION=PROT-SQUELCH,IGMPONCVLAN=N,DLF=N,DLFTHRES=0,MCAST=N,MCASTTHRES=0,BCAST=N,BCASTTHRES=0,CLRCRCALM=Y:"
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
<NIMODE> |
Identifies the Ethernet Network Interface Mode. |
|
(Default) Network-Network Interface Mode |
|
User-Network Interface Mode |
<MACLEARNING> |
MAC address learning mode. This activates the MAC address learning on the interface to avoid packet broadcasting. |
|
Enables MAC learning |
|
Disable MAC learning |
<INGRESSCOS> |
Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag. |
|
Set a Cos value |
|
Use the customer COS |
|
The COS to be provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode). |
<ETHERCETYPE> |
Identifies a customer foreseen Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter. |
<ETHERSTYPE> |
Identifies a customer foreseen Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter. |
<ALWMACADDR> |
Identifies the allowed MAC addresses filtered out by the L2 Ethernet port. Every single MAC address is in the format of aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where every digit is in a hexadecimal form. |
<INHMACADDR> |
Identifies the inhibited MAC addresses filtered out by the L2 Ethernet port. Every single MAC address is in the format of aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where every digit is in a hexadecimal form. |
<BPDU> |
BPDU (Bridge Protocol Data Unit) management mode; Drop/Passthrough BPDU tagged packets. |
|
Enables the BPDU tag. |
|
Disables the BPDU tag. |
<BRIDGESTATE> |
Defines if the traffic is blocked on the port. |
|
Unknown state |
|
Disabled state |
|
Blocking state |
|
Listening state |
|
Learning state |
|
Forwarding state |
|
Broken state |
<QNQMODE> |
This is used to represent the QinQ mode operations. |
|
The S-VLAN tag is added only on specified CE-VLANs. The other packets are dropped. |
|
The S-VLAN tag is always performed where all packets having the S-VLAN-ID identified by TRNSPSVLAN parameter are allowed. |
<TRNSPSVLAN> |
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
<NAME> |
(Optional) Name. NAME is a string. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
<PST> |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
<IGMPROUTE> |
IGMP M Router port. Indicates the type of connection between this port and the IGMP M Router. |
|
A static connection is present between this port and the IGMP M Router |
|
No connection is present |
<AISACTION> |
VLAN-AIS Action. Indicates what action take place on port when VLAN-AIS alarm is raisedValues |
|
The port is squelched |
|
No action after VLAN-AIS |
<PROTACTION> |
Indicates the action that takes place on the standby port in the protection unit when a ONEPLUSONEL2 protection is activated. |
|
The port is squelched. |
|
Ethernet traffic is blocked. |
<IGMPCVLAN> |
Indicates the customer VLAN value for IGMP on CVLAN. |
<DLF> |
To enable or disable storm control on DLFPC packet. |
<DLFTHRES> |
Indicates the DLFPC packet threshold value for storm control. |
<MCAST> |
To enable or disable the storm control on multicast packet. |
<MCASTTHRES> |
Indicates the multicast packet threshold value for storm control. |
<BCAST> |
To enable or disable the storm control on broadcast packet. |
<BCASTTHRES> |
Indicates the broadcast packet threshold value for storm control. |
<CLRCRCALM> |
Clears the DATA-CRC alarm. |
11.40 ED-LM-EFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Link Monitoring Ethernet in the First Mile (ED-LM-EFM) command edits the Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) link monitoring parameters and the action associated with each of the parameters.
Usage Guidelines
- This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
- The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.
Input Format
ED-LM-EFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::LMPARAM=<LMPARAM>,[LOWTH=<LOWTH>],[HIGHTH=<HIGHTH>],[ACTION=<ACTION>],[WINDOW=<WINDOW>];
Input Example
ED-LM-EFM::ETH-12-1-1:1:::LMPARAM=ERR-FRAME,LOWTH=20,HIGHTH=30,ACTION=DISABLE-PORT,WINDOW=40;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
<LMPARAM> |
Name of the link monitoring parameter. |
|
Error frames. |
|
Error frame period. |
|
Error frames second. |
<LOWTH> |
The lowest value of the link monitoring parameter. It is an integer. |
<HIGHTH> |
The highest value of the link monitoring parameter. It is an integer. |
<ACTION> |
Action to be taken when the link monitoring parameter crosses the HIGH value, which is set by the user. The value can be NONE or DISABLED. |
<WINDOW> |
This indicates the window associated with each of the link monitoring parameter (number of packets, number of frames or the timer). It is an integer. |
11.41 ED-LMP
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Link Management Protocol (ED-LMP) command edits the global LMP protocol attributes.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only available on platforms that support the LMP protocol.
Input Format
ED-LMP:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[ENABLED=<ENABLED>],[WDMEXT=<WDM>], [ROLE=<ROLE>], [LMPNODEID-<NODEID>][:];
Input Example
ED-LMP:PETALUMA::704:::ENABLED=Y,WDMEXT=Y,ROLE=PEER,LMPNODEID=198.133.219.25;
Input Parameters
<ENABLED> |
LMP protocol status. |
|
The protocol is enabled. |
|
The protocol is disabled. |
|
Determines if the LMP wave division multiplexing (WDM) extensions are in effect. |
|
The LMP WDM extensions are in effect. |
|
The LMP WDM extensions are not in effect. |
|
The role the LMP protocol is configured to play. |
|
The LMP protocol is configured to respond as an optical line system (OLS). |
|
The LMP protocol is configured to respond as a peer node. |
|
LMP node ID. NODEID is a stable IP address that is always reachable if there is any connectivity to it. The default LMP node ID value is the IP address of the node. |
11.42 ED-LMP-CTRL
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Link Management Protocol Control Channel (ED-LMP-CTRL) command edits the LMP control channels.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only available on nodes where the LMP protocol is available and has been enabled.
Input Format
ED-LMP-CTRL:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[LOCALPORT=<LOCALPORT>], [REMOTENE=<REMOTENE>],[REMOTEIP=<REMOTEIP>],[HELLO=<HELLO>],
[HELLOMIN=<HELLOMIN>],[HELLOMAX=<HELLOMAX>],[DEAD=<DEAD>],
[DEADMIN=<DEADMIN>], [DEADMAX=<DEADMAX>]:[<PST>][,<SST>];
Input Example
ED-LMP-CTRL:PETALUMA:CTRL-123:704:::LOCALPORT=FAC-1-1-1
,REMOTENE=15.15.15.115,REMOTEIP=126.0.0.1,HELLO=500,HELLOMIN=300,
HELLOMAX=5000,DEAD=12000,DEADMIN=2000,DEADMAX=20000:OOS,DSBLD;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
The LMP control channel AID values. |
|
Specifies all the control channels. |
|
Specifies an individual control channel. |
<LOCALPORT> |
The pathway that the LMP control channel will use to send and receive messages. |
<REMOTENE> |
Remote IP address used by the far-end LMP control channel. |
<REMOTEIP> |
Remote IP address used by the LMP control channel to send and receive messages. |
<HELLO> |
The time interval in which the LMP protocol sends HELLO messages. |
<HELLOMIN> |
The minimum amount of time within which the LMP control channels can send out HELLO messages to the remote node. |
<HELLOMAX> |
The maximum amount of time that the LMP control channel can wait between HELLO messages. |
<DEAD> |
Time interval an LMP control channel will wait for a HELLO message from the remote side before listing the control channel as down. |
<DEADMIN> |
The minimum amount of time that an LMP control channel can wait before listing the control channel status as down. |
<DEADMAX> |
The maximum amount of time that the LMP control channel can wait before listing the control channel as down. |
<PST> |
Primary state. This parameter indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.43 ED-LMP-TLINK
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Link Management Protocol Traffic Engineering (TE) Link (ED-LMP-TLINK) command edits the LMP TE link.
Usage Guidelines
This command can only be used on nodes that have the LMP protocol available and enabled.
Input Format
ED-LMP-TLINK:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::REMOTEID=<REMOTE_ID>, REMOTETE=<REMOTE_TELINK>, [MUXCAP=<MUXCAP>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-LMP-TLINK:PETALUMA:TLINK-123:704:::REMOTEID=15.15.15.115,REMOTETE=123,
MUXCAP=LAMBDA:OOS,DSBLD;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
LMP TE link AID values. |
|
Specifies all the TE links. |
|
Specifies an individual TE link. |
<REMOTEID> |
Remote node ID associated with the LMP TE link. |
<REMOTETE> |
Remote ID used by the far end LMP TE link. |
<MUXCAP> |
The muxponder capability of the LMP TE link. |
|
Packet Switching 1 |
|
Packet Switching 2 |
|
Packet Switching 3 |
|
Packet Switching 4 |
|
Layer 2 switching |
|
Time-division multiplexing (TDM) switching |
|
Lambda switching |
|
Fiber switching |
<PST> |
Primary state. This parameter indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.44 ED-LMP-DLINK
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Link Management Protocol Data Link (ED-LMP-DLINK) command edits the LMP data link.
Usage Guidelines
This command can only be used on nodes that have the LMP protocol available and enabled.
Input Format
ED-LMP-DLINK:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[LINKTYPE=<LINKTYPE>],TELINK=<TELINK>,
REMOTEID=<REMOTEID>;
Input Example
ED-LMP-DLINK:PETALUMA:FAC-14-1-1:704:::LINKTYPE=PORT,TELINK=TLNK-45,
REMOTEID=646631;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<LINKTYPE> |
The type of LMP data link. |
|
Port data link |
|
Component data link |
<TELINK> |
Used to map LMP data links to LMP TE links. |
<REMOTEID> |
The remote LMP data link ID. |
11.45 ED-LNK
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Link (ED-LNK) command edits an optical link state.
Usage Guidelines
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
Input Format
ED-LNK:[<TID>]:<FROM>,<TO>:<CTAG>:::[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:
[<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-LNK:PENNGROVE:BAND-6-1-TX,BAND-13-1-RX:114:::CMDMDE=CMDMDE:
IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
<FROM> |
Identifier at one end of the optical link from the “BAND” section. |
<TO> |
Identifier at the other end of the optical link from the “BAND” section. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<PST> |
Primary state. Note PST is not supported for optical channel (OCH) provisioning. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. Note SST is not supported for OCH provisioning. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.46 ED-LNKTERM
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Provisionable Patchcord Termination (ED-LNKTERM) command edits the attributes of a provisionable patchcord that has already been created. Only the remote end attributes (REMOTENODE and REMOTELNKTERMID) can be edited.
Usage Guidelines
- No two provisionable patchcord terminations on a node can have the same remote end link termination information. An attempt to modify an existing provisionable patchcord termination while not following this restriction will lead to an error message being responsed.
- If the provisionable patchcord termination does not exist, an error message will be responsed.
- This command does not accept multiple and ALL AIDs.
- REMOTENODE is a string with a maximum length of 20 characters.
Category
Provisionable Patchcords
Input Format
ED-LNKTERM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[REMOTENODE=<REMOTENODE>],
[REMOTELNKTERMID=<REMOTELNKTERMID>];
Input Example
ED-LNKTERM::LNKTERM-1:CTAG:::REMOTENODE=172.20.208.226,
REMOTELNKTERMID=25;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “LNKTERM” section. Indicates a link (provisionable patchcord) termination on the local node. |
<REMOTENODE> |
The node where the other end of the provisionable patchcord resides. This can be an IP address or a valid TID. Defaults to the IP address of the local node/existing value. REMOTENODE is a string. |
<REMOTELNKTERMID> |
The corresponding provisionable patchcord termination on the remote node (as specified by the REMOTENODE parameter). Integer value within the range of 1 to 65535. Defaults to the existing value. |
11.47 ED-MA-CFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Maintenance Association Connectivity Fault Management (ED-MA-CFM) command edits the maintenance association present on the card.
Usage Guidelines
- This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
- The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.
- The ALL AID is invalid for this command.
Input Format
ED-MA-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::MANAME=<MANAME>,SVLANID=<SVLANID>,[NEWMANAME=<NEWMANAME>],[NEWSVLANID=<NEWSVLNAID>],[CCENABLE=<CCENABLE>];
Input Example
ED-MA-CFM:454-156:SLOT-1:1:::MANAME=MANAME,SVLANID=4,NEWMANAME=NEWMA,NEWSVLANID=5;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
<MANAME> |
Maintenance Association Name. It is a string. The MA name length should not exceed more than 43 characters. |
<SVLANID> |
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
<CCENABLE> |
Enable or disable Continuos Check messaging |
|
Enable |
|
Disable |
<NEWMANAME> |
New name for Maintenance Association. It is a string. |
<NEWSVLANID> |
New service Vlan ID. It is an integer. |
11.48 ED-MCAST
(Cisco ONS 15454)
Edit Multicast attributes command is used to modify the Multicast VLAN Registration attributes.
Usage Guidelines
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value use RTRV-XX command to retrieve them.
Error conditions:
- If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.
- The “ALL” AID is invalid for this command.
Input Format
ED-MCAST[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::MVRSTATE=<MVRSTATE>],[MVRSVLAN=<MVRSVLAN>],[MVRSTARTIP=<MVRSTARTIP>],[MVRIPRANGE=<MVRIPRANGE>],[IGMPONCVLAN=<IGMPONCVLAN>][:];
Input Example
ED-MCAST::SLOT-1-4:321:::MVRSTATE=Y,MVRSVLAN=46,MVRSTARTIP=230.64.72.57
,MVRIPRANGE=20:;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Equipment aids are used to access specific cards. |
|
It is only used for RTRV-INV, RTRV-EQPT, RTRV-ALM/COND-EQPT commands. |
|
The NE equipment AIDs. |
- SLOT[-{1-50}]-{1-6,12-17}
|
Individual equipment AID of the I/O card units or slots. |
<MVRSTATE> |
Multicast VLAN Registration status. Default values is - N |
|
Enabled |
|
Disabled |
<MVRSVLAN> |
Define the SVLAN used to distribute the Multicast stream inside the Network. Default values is 0 |
<MVRSTARTIP> |
Define the first IP Address of the Multicast IP Group. |
<MVRIPRANGE> |
MVR IP Range. Indicates the number of IP address starting from mvrStartIp used to identified the multicast IP group. It is a number in the range 0..255. Default values is 0 |
<IGMPONCVLAN> |
To Enable IGMP on Customer VLAN. |
11.49 ED-MIP-CFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Maintenance Intermediate Point Connectivity Fault Management (ED-MIP-CFM) command edits the maintenance intermediate points on the port.
Usage Guidelines
- This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
- The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.
Input Format
ED-MIP-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::VLANID=<VLANID>,LEVEL=<LEVEL>;
Input Example
ED-MIP-CFM::ETH-1-1-1:1:::VLANID=2,LEVEL=3;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
<VLANID> |
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
<LEVEL> |
This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7. |
11.50 ED-NE-GEN
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Network Element General (ED-NE-GEN) command edits the node attributes of the NE.
Usage Guidelines
- The node name can be a maximum of 20 characters. If the entered name exceeds 20 characters, an IPNV (Node Name Too Long) error message is returned.
- An existing NTP timing source can be removed by setting the address to 0.0.0.0.
- The maximum length of IPADDR and DEFRTR is 20 characters. The default value is the local IP address and default router.
- The maximum length of IPMASK is 18 characters. The default is the mask of the local IP address.
- ETHIPADDR and ETHIPMASK are disabled in this command. ETHIPADDR and ETHIPMASK are used to show the Ethernet interface address and mask. Both default to the nodes’ IP address and masks.
- The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
- An existing NTP and Backup NTP timing source can be removed by setting the address to 0.0.0.0.
Caution
Changing the IPADDR, IPMASK, or IIOPPORT will cause a reset of the controller card.
Note
OSI parameters are not supported in Release 9.0 and 9.1.
Input Format
ED-NE-GEN[:<TID>]::<CTAG>[:::NAME=<NAME>],[IPADDR=<IPADDR>],[IPMASK=<IPMASK>],[DEFRTR=<DEFRTR>],[IPV6ADDR=<IPV6ADDR>],[IPV6PREFLEN=<IPV6PREFLEN>],[IPV6DEFRTR=<IPV6DEFRTR>],[IPV6ENABLE=<IPV6ENABLE>],[IIOPPORT=<IIOPPORT>],[NTP=<NTP>],[SUPPRESSIP=<SUPPRESSIP>],[MODE=<MODE>],[MSPUBVLANID=<MSPUBVLANID>],[MSINTLVLANID=<MSINTLVLANID>],[SERIALPORTECHO=<SERIALPORTECHO>],[OSIROUTINGMODE=<OSIROUTINGMODE>],[OSIL1BUFSIZE=<OSIL1BUFSIZE>],[OSIL2BUFSIZE=<OSIL2BUFSIZE>],[BKUPNTP=<BKUPNTP>],[SYSTEMMODE=<SYSTEMMODE>];
Input Example
ED-NE-GEN:CISCO::123:::NAME=NODENAME,IPADDR=192.168.100.52, IPMASK=255.255.255.0,DEFRTR=192.168.100.1,IPV6ADDR=“[3ffe:0501:0008:0000:0260:97ff:efab]”,IPV6PREFLEN=112,IPV6DEFRTR=“[3ffe:0501:0008:0000:0260:97ff:fe40:efab]”,
IPV6ENABLE=Y,IIOPPORT=57790, NTP=192.168.100.52, SUPPRESSIP=NO,
MODE=SINGLESHELF,MSPUBVLANID=1,MSINTLVLANID=5,SERIALPORTECHO=Y,OSIROUTINGMODE=ES,OSIL1BUFSIZE=512,OSIL2BUFSIZE=512,bkupntp=10.1.1.2;;
Input Parameters
<NAME> |
Node name. NAME is a string. Defaults to NULL. |
<IPADDR> |
Node IP address. IPADDR is a string. |
<IPMASK> |
Node IP mask. IPMASK is a string. |
<DEFRTR> |
Node default router. DEFRTR is a string. |
<IPV6ADDR> |
Specifies the IPv6 address of the NE. IPV6ADDR is a string.
Note IPV6ADDR parameter can be set only if IPV6ENABLE parameter is set to Y
|
<IPV6PREFLEN> |
Specifies the prefix length for the IPv6 address of the NE. IPV6PREFLEN is an integer |
<IPV6DEFRTR> |
Specifies the IPv6 default router address for the NE. IPV6DEFRTR is a string |
<IPV6ENABLE> |
Specifies if the IPv6 enable mode for the NE is enabled or disabled. |
|
Indicates that IPV6 mode is enabled. |
|
Indicates that IPV6 mode is disabled. |
<IIOPPORT> |
Node IIOP port. IIOPPORT is an integer. Defaults to 57790. |
<NTP> |
Node NTP timing origin address. NTP is a string. Defaults to 0.0.0.0. |
<SUPPRESSIP> |
Suppress the IP display. |
|
No |
|
Yes |
<MODE> |
(Optional) Indicates the AID mode to access shelf identifier objects. Defaults to SINGLESHELF. This field is always set to MULTISHELF in the case of DWDM nodes with more than one shelf managed. Parameter type is SHELF_MODE which is the NE mode. |
|
The NE contains only one shelf and the AID representation does not consider the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. |
|
The AID representation considers the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. This means the NE has more than one shelf configured or the user wants to use the new AID style. |
|
The AID representation considers the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. This means the NE has more than one shelf configured or the user wants to use the new AID style. The shelves are connected by means of an external Ethernet switch. |
<MSPUBVLANID> |
Public VLAN ID used by the node controller to communicate with the external network. The VLAN ID can be in the range of 1 to 4094. But for M6 shelf, you cannot modify the MSPUBVLANID value. The MSPUBVLANID value is 1. |
<MSINTLVLANID> |
Internal VLAN ID used by the node controller to communicate with the Subtending shelves. The VLAN ID can be in the range of 1 to 4094. But for M6 shelf, you cannot modify the MSINTLVLANID value. The MSINTLVLANID value is 2. |
<SERIALPORTECHO> |
Indicates if echo is turned on for the TL1 serial port sessions. |
|
Echo is turned on. |
|
Echo is turned off. |
<OSIROUTINGMODE> |
Indicates the routing mode of the node. |
|
Provisions the node as an OSI ES. The ONS node performs all ES functions and relies upon an IS for communication with other IS nodes inside and outside the ES OSI area. |
|
Provisions the node as an OSI IS. The ONS node performs all IS functions including routing data between ISs and ESs, between networks, and between parts of a network. |
|
The ONS node performs all IS functions. It communicates with other IS and ES nodes within an OSI area. It also broadcasts ISHs to IS nodes in other areas to which it is connected. |
<OSIL1BUFSIZE> |
Level 1 Link State Protocol Data Unit (LSP) buffer size. The default is 512. |
<OSIL2BUFSIZE> |
Level 2 Link State Protocol Data Unit (LSP) buffer size. The default is 512. |
<BKUPNTP> |
Indicates that the Secondary NTP server is used as backup for primary. |
<SYSTEMMODE> |
Indicates the system mode |
|
|
|
|
11.51 ED-NE-PATH
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Network Element Path (ED-NE-PATH) command edits the path attributes of the NE.
Usage Guidelines
The default value for an optional parameter is the NE default value.
Input Format
ED-NE-PATH:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[PDIP=<PDIP>],[XCMODE=<XCMODE>];
Input Example
ED-NE-PATH:::CTAG:::PDIP=Y,XCMODE=MIXED;
Input Parameters
<PDIP> |
Flag used to indicate whether PDI-P should be generated on the outgoing VT structured STSs. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<XCMODE> |
Cross-connect mode. The parameter type is XCMODE, which is applicable only to a node with cross-connect cards (XC-VXC-10G or XC-VXC-2.5G, for example) that support cross-connect mode change. |
|
Both VT1 and VT2 cross-connects can be provisioned on the node. |
|
Only VT1 cross-connects can be provisioned on the node. |
|
Only VT2 cross-connects can be provisioned on the node. |
11.52 ED-NE-SYNCN
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Network Element Synchronization (ED-NE-SYNCN) command edits the synchronization attributes of the NE.
Usage Guidelines
The existing external and line modes have the same functionality in all ONS 15454 4.x and 5.x releases:
- External mode: The node derives its timing from the BITS inputs.
- Line mode: The node derives its timing from the SONET line(s).
- Mixed mode: The node derives its timing from the BITS input or SONET lines.
Note
Although mixed mode timing is supported in this release, it is not recommended. Refer to the Cisco ONS SDH and Cisco ONS 15600 SONET TL1 Reference Guide for more information.
Input Format
ED-NE-SYNCN:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>:::[TMMD=<TMMD>],[SSMGEN=<SSMGEN>],
[QRES=<QRES>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>];
ED-NE-SYNCN:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>:::[TMMD=<TMMD>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],
[RVTM=<RVTM>],[SYSTMN=<SYSTMN>];
Input Example
ED-NE-SYNCN:PETALUMA::123:::TMMD=LINE,SSMGEN=GEN1,QRES=ABOVE-PRS,
RVRTV=Y,RVTM=8.0,SYSTMN=SONET;
ED-NE-SYNCN:PETALUMA::123:::TMMD=LINE,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=8.0,SYSTMN=SONET;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
The node or shelf access identifier from the “SHELF” section. If omitted it addresses the node or first shelf of the node. Must not be null. This is applicable only to ONS 15454. |
<TMMD> |
Timing mode. A null value is equivalent to ALL. Defaults to EXTERNAL. The parameter type is TIMING_MODE, which is the timing mode for the current node. |
|
The node derives its clock from the BITS input. |
|
The node derives its clock from the SONET lines. |
|
The node derives its clock from the mixed timing mode. |
<SSMGEN> |
Synchronization status message set. Defaults to GEN1. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The default is ABOVE-STU. The parameter type is SYNC_GENERATION (synchronization status message set generation). |
|
First generation SSM set |
|
Second generation SSM set |
<QRES> |
Quality of the RES. A null value is equivalent to ALL. Defaults to DUS. The parameter type is SYNC_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the network synchronization quality level. |
|
Better than primary reference source. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set. |
|
Between SMC and ST3. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set. |
|
Between ST2 and STU. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set. |
|
For Generation-1 SSM set, between ST3 and ST2. For Generation-2 SSM set, between ST3 and ST3E. |
|
Between ST3E and TNC. Valid setting only for Generation-2 SSM set. |
|
Between ST4 and ST3. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set. |
|
Between STU and PRS. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set. This is default setting. |
|
Between TNC and ST2. Valid setting only for Generation-2 SSM set. |
|
Below ST4 but still usable. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set. |
|
Disable the RES message by equating it to DUS. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set. |
<RVRTV> |
Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Does not revert service to original line after restoration. |
|
Reverts service to original line after restoration. |
<RVTM> |
Revertive time. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time). |
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes. |
<SYSTMN> |
(ONS 15454 only) Identifies the system timing standard used by the node. |
|
SONET timing standard |
|
SDH timing standard |
11.53 ED-OCH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Optical Channel (ED-OCH) command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OCH facility. Refer to the Cisco ONS SDH and Cisco ONS 15600 SONET TL1 Reference Guide for specific card provisioning rules.
Usage Guidelines
- Primary=OOS and secondary=AINS states do not apply to Ethernet mode.
- Disable all the ports, before you change the card mode from LAN to WAN mode.
- The SQUELCHMODE parameter is added to OCH interfaces of 100G-LC-C, 10x10G-LC, and CFP-LC cards.
- CDLOW and CDHIGH parameters are interdependant. You must set both the parameters to edit either of them.
- CDLOW is always less than or equal CDHIGH in the range of -70000 to + 70000.
Input Format
ED-OCH[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::EXPWLEN=<EXPWLEN>],[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>],[CALOPWR=<CALOPWR>],[NAME=<PORTNAME>],[OSDBER=<SDBER>],[GCC=<GCC>],[GCCRATE=<GCCRATE>],[DWRAP=<DRWAP>],[FEC=<FEC>],[PAYLOADMAP=<PAYLOADMAP>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[PEERID=<PEERID>],[REGENNAME=<REGENNAME>],[PORTMODE=<PORTMODE>],[ODUTRANSMODE=<ODUTRANSMODE>],[ERRORDECORRELATOR=<ERRORDECORRELATOR>],[FCS=<FCS>],[PPR=<PPR>],[TRIGTH=<TRIGTH>],[RVRTTH=<RVRTTH>],[TRIGWINDOW=<TRIGWINDOW>],[RVRTWINDOW=<RVRTWINDOW>],[OVRCLK=<OVRCLK>],[RXWLEN=<RXWLEN>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>],[FECALMSUPRESS=<FECALMSUPRESS>],[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],[CDLOW=<CDLOW>],[CDHIGH=<CDHIGH>],[VOATXPOWER=<VOATXPOWER>],[TXLASERSHUTDN=<TXLASERSHUTDN>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-OCH:CISCO:CHAN-6-2:114:::EXPWLEN=1530.32,NAME="NYLINE",GCC=Y,
GCCRATE=192K,OSDBER=1E-6,DWRAP=Y,FEC=STD,PAYLOADMAP=ASYNCH,
SOAK=10,CMDMDE=FRCD:IS,AINS;
ED-OCH::CHAN-2-2:1:::CDLOW=-6000,CDHIGH=8000,VOATXPOWER=-9.08,TXLASERSHUTDN=Y;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
<EXPWLEN> |
(Optional) Optical wavelength for this port. Applicable only to the following types of cards: optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexer and demultiplexer cards, and optical add/drop multiplexing (OADM) cards. The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which is the optical wavelength. |
|
Wavelength 1310 |
|
Wavelength 1470 |
|
Wavelength 1490 |
|
Wavelength 1510 |
|
Wavelength 1528.77 |
|
Wavelength 1529.16 |
|
Wavelength 1529.55 |
|
Wavelength 1529.94 |
|
Wavelength 1530 |
|
Wavelength 1530.33 |
|
Wavelength 1530.72 |
|
Wavelength 1531.12 |
|
Wavelength 1531.51 |
|
Wavelength 1531.90 |
|
Wavelength 1532.29 |
|
Wavelength 1532.68 |
|
Wavelength 1533.07 |
|
Wavelength 1533.47 |
|
Wavelength 1533.86 |
|
Wavelength 1534.25 |
|
Wavelength 1534.64 |
|
Wavelength 1535.04 |
|
Wavelength 1535.43 |
|
Wavelength 1535.82 |
|
Wavelength 1536.22 |
|
Wavelength 1536.61 |
|
Wavelength 1537 |
|
Wavelength 1537.40 |
|
Wavelength 1537.79 |
|
Wavelength 1538.19 |
|
Wavelength 1538.58 |
|
Wavelength 1538.98 |
|
Wavelength 1539.37 |
|
Wavelength 1539.77 |
|
Wavelength 1540.16 |
|
Wavelength 1540.56 |
|
Wavelength 1540.95 |
|
Wavelength 1541.35 |
|
Wavelength 1541.75 |
|
Wavelength 1542.14 |
|
Wavelength 1542.35 |
|
Wavelength 1542.54 |
|
Wavelength 1542.94 |
|
Wavelength 1543.33 |
|
Wavelength 1543.73 |
|
Wavelength 1544.13 |
|
Wavelength 1544.53 |
|
Wavelength 1544.92 |
|
Wavelength 1545.32 |
|
Wavelength 1545.72 |
|
Wavelength 1546.12 |
|
Wavelength 1546.52 |
|
Wavelength 1546.92 |
|
Wavelength 1547.32 |
|
Wavelength 1547.72 |
|
Wavelength 1548.11 |
|
Wavelength 1548.51 |
|
Wavelength 1548.91 |
|
Wavelength 1549.32 |
|
Wavelength 1549.72 |
|
Wavelength 1500 |
|
Wavelength 1550.12 |
|
Wavelength 1550.52 |
|
Wavelength 1550.92 |
|
Wavelength 1551.32 |
|
Wavelength 1551.72 |
|
Wavelength 1552.12 |
|
Wavelength 1552.52 |
|
Wavelength 1552.93 |
|
Wavelength 1553.33 |
|
Wavelength 1553.73 |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 |
|
Wavelength 1554.94 |
|
Wavelength 1555.34 |
|
Wavelength 1555.75 |
|
Wavelength 1556.15 |
|
Wavelength 1556.55 |
|
Wavelength 1556.96 |
|
Wavelength 1557.36 |
|
Wavelength 1557.77 |
|
Wavelength 1558.17 |
|
Wavelength 1558.58 |
|
Wavelength 1558.98 |
|
Wavelength 1559.39 |
|
Wavelength 1559.79 |
|
Wavelength 1560.20 |
|
Wavelength 1560.61 |
|
Wavelength 1561.01 |
|
Wavelength 1561.42 |
|
Wavelength 1561.83 |
|
Wavelength 1562.23 |
|
Wavelength 1562.64 |
|
Wavelength 1563.05 |
|
Wavelength 1563.45 |
|
Wavelength 1563.86 |
|
Wavelength 1564.27 |
|
Wavelength 1564.68 |
|
Wavelength 1565.09 |
|
Wavelength 1565.50 |
|
Wavelength 1565.90 |
|
Wavelength 1566.31 |
|
Wavelength 1566.72 |
|
Wavelength 1570 |
|
Wavelength 1570.83 |
|
Wavelength 1571.24 |
|
Wavelength 1571.65 |
|
Wavelength 1572.06 |
|
Wavelength 1572.48 |
|
Wavelength 1572.89 |
|
Wavelength 1573.30 |
|
Wavelength 1573.71 |
|
Wavelength 1574.13 |
|
Wavelength 1574.54 |
|
Wavelength 1574.95 |
|
Wavelength 1575.37 |
|
Wavelength 1575.78 |
|
Wavelength 1576.20 |
|
Wavelength 1576.61 |
|
Wavelength 1577.03 |
|
Wavelength 1577.44 |
|
Wavelength 1577.86 |
|
Wavelength 1578.27 |
|
Wavelength 1578.69 |
|
Wavelength 1579.10 |
|
Wavelength 1579.52 |
|
Wavelength 1579.93 |
|
Wavelength 1580.35 |
|
Wavelength 1580.77 |
|
Wavelength 1581.18 |
|
Wavelength 1581.60 |
|
Wavelength 1582.02 |
|
Wavelength 1582.44 |
|
Wavelength 1582.85 |
|
Wavelength 1583.27 |
|
Wavelength 1583.69 |
|
Wavelength 1584.11 |
|
Wavelength 1584.53 |
|
Wavelength 1584.95 |
|
Wavelength 1585.36 |
|
Wavelength 1585.78 |
|
Wavelength 1586.20 |
|
Wavelength 1586.62 |
|
Wavelength 1587.04 |
|
Wavelength 1587.46 |
|
Wavelength 1587.88 |
|
Wavelength 1588.30 |
|
Wavelength 1588.73 |
|
Wavelength 1589.15 |
|
Wavelength 1589.57 |
|
Wavelength 1589.99 |
|
Wavelength 1590 |
|
Wavelength 1590.41 |
|
Wavelength 1590.83 |
|
Wavelength 1591.26 |
|
Wavelength 1591.68 |
|
Wavelength 1592.10 |
|
Wavelength 1592.52 |
|
Wavelength 1592.95 |
|
Wavelength 1593.37 |
|
Wavelength 1593.79 |
|
Wavelength 1594.22 |
|
Wavelength 1594.64 |
|
Wavelength 1595.06 |
|
Wavelength 1595.49 |
|
Wavelength 1596.34 |
|
Wavelength 1596.76 |
|
Wavelength 1597.19 |
|
Wavelength 1597.62 |
|
Wavelength 1598.04 |
|
Wavelength 1598.47 |
|
Wavelength 1598.89 |
|
Wavelength 1599.32 |
|
Wavelength 1599.75 |
|
Wavelength 1600.06 |
|
Wavelength 1601.03 |
|
Wavelength 1601.46 |
|
Wavelength 1601.88 |
|
Wavelength 1602.31 |
|
Wavelength 1602.74 |
|
Wavelength 1603.17 |
|
Wavelength 1603.60 |
|
Wavelength 1604.03 |
|
Wavelength 1610 |
|
Use Tunable Wavelength 1 |
<VOAATTN> |
(Optional) The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. VOAATTN is a float. |
<FCS> |
(Optional) First Circuit Startup. An automatic channel startup that operates the VOA when the light is detected on the ingress port. |
|
Automatic Channel startup enabled. |
|
Automatic Channel startup disabled. |
<VOAPWR> |
(Optional) The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAPWR is a float. |
<CALOPWR> |
(Optional) The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the line added to the calculated value, which equals the total expected output power. Expressed in dBm. Defaults to 0 dBm. CALOPWR is a float. |
<NAME> |
(Optional) Port name. PORTNAME is a string. |
<OSDBER> |
OTN SDBER. Can only be provisioned on the working port. Defaults to 1E-7 Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path |
|
SDBER is 1E-5 |
|
SDBER is 1E-6 |
|
SDBER is 1E-7 |
|
SDBER is 1E-8 |
|
SDBER is 1E-9 |
<GCC> |
Identifies the Generic communication channel (GCC) connection of the port. |
|
GCC can be utilized |
|
GCC cannot be utilized |
<GCCRATE> |
(Optional) The data rate of the GCC traffic. The default is 192 Kbps. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the DWDM port. The parameter type is GCCRATE, which is the data rate of the GCC traffic. |
|
192 Kbps |
|
400 Kbps |
|
576 Kbps |
|
1200 Kbps |
<DWRAP> |
(Optional) The ITU-T G.709 monitoring digital wrapper. It is either on or off. The system default is ON. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the DWDM port. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). To enable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the DWDM port and the payload (in which the card is configured) should not be UNFRAMED. To disable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the DWDM port, the FEC should be turned to off, there should be no overhead circuit created on the DWDM port, and none of the client ports on the card should be part of a Y-cable protection group (muxponder only). |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<FEC> |
(Optional) Forward error correction. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON. It is either off or enabled in standard or enhanced mode. The system default is standard FEC enabled. The FEC level PM and thresholds apply if the FEC is turned ON. The parameter type is FEC_MODE, which specifies the type of forward error correction. |
|
Enhanced FEC is enabled. |
|
Enhanced FEC 1.4 is enabled. |
|
Enhanced FEC 1.7 is enabled. |
|
20 % Enhanced FEC supported on fixed trunk port of 100G-LC-C card. |
|
High Gain 7% FEC. |
|
FEC is disabled. |
|
Standard FEC is enabled. |
<PAYLOADMAP> |
(Optional) The type of payload mapping. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON and FEC is enabled. The parameter type is PAYLOAD_MAPPING, which is the payload mapping mode. |
|
Asynchronous mapping mode |
|
ODU multiplex structure mode |
|
Synchronous mapping mode |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
|
Mapping with no FIXEDSTUFF |
<SOAK> |
(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer. |
<LOSSB> |
The parameter type is REACH which indicates the reach values. |
|
100GBASE-LR4 |
|
100GBASE-SR10 |
|
40GBASE-FR |
|
40GBASE-LR4 |
|
Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card. |
|
4I1-9D1F |
|
Autoprovisioning |
|
C4S1-2D1 |
|
CWDM 40 kilometers. |
|
Reach CX |
|
Reach CX1 |
|
Reach DX |
|
FE-BX |
|
FX |
|
GE-BX |
|
GE-EX |
|
Reach HX |
|
Reach I1 |
|
Reach IR-1 |
|
Reach IR-2 |
|
Reach L1 |
|
Reach L2 |
|
Reach L3 |
|
Reach LR-1 |
|
Reach LR-2 |
|
Reach LR-3 |
|
Reach LX |
|
LX-10 |
|
Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength |
|
Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength |
|
Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Reach SC |
|
Reach S1 |
|
Reach S2 |
|
Reach SR |
|
Reach SR-1 |
|
Reach SX |
|
Reach T |
|
10 GE extended range |
|
10 GE long range |
|
|
|
10 GE short range |
|
|
|
Reach ULH |
|
Reach VSR |
|
|
|
Reach VX |
|
Reach ZX |
<CMDMDE> |
(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail. |
<PEERID> |
Indicates the peer trunk facility of the regeneration group on the OTU2-XP card. Accessed using the CHAN AID. |
<REGENNAME> |
Indicates the name of a regeneration group. Applicable only to DWDM flavored cards, which support regeneration group. Regenname is a string. The default value is "NULL". |
<PORTMODE> |
Describes the termination mode of each interface on the OTU2-XP card. |
|
Line terminating mode. |
|
Section terminating mode. |
|
Transparent mode AIS. |
|
Transparent mode squelch. |
|
10G LAN to WAN Squelch. |
<ODUTRANSMODE> |
To configure the "ODUk OH" transparency on the OTU2-XP card. |
|
Cisco Extended. When the Cisco Extended configuration is selected, two bytes of the ODU layer is terminated to guarantee the interoperability with the older Transponder/Muxponder cards. |
|
Transparent Standard Use. The transponder, behaving as a regenerator, terminates the OUT layer and is transparent to the ODU layer. Also in this case the FEC-MISM (FEC Mismatch) alarm is not generated. |
<ERRORDECORRELATOR> |
To enable or disable the MLSE module on the card. This applies only to TXP_MR_10EX_C, MXP_2.5G_10EX_C, and MXP_MR_10DMEX_C cards |
|
To enable the MLSE module on the card. |
|
To disable the MLSE module on the card. |
<PPR> |
(Optional) To enable or disable the Proactive Protection Regen (PPR) in the OTU2 Card in Regen Mode. |
|
PPR enabled. |
|
PPR disabled. |
<TRIGTH> |
Specifies the trigger threshold value for Proactive Protection Regen. The parameter type is TRIGGER_THRESHOLD. |
|
Trigger threshold is 1E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 1E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 1E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 1E-5 |
|
Trigger threshold is 1E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 1E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 2E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 2E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 2E-4 |
|
Trigger threshold is 2E-5 |
|
Trigger threshold is 2E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 2E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 3E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 3E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 3E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 3E-5. |
|
Trigger threshold is 3E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-5. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 5E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 5E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 5E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 5E-5. |
|
Trigger threshold is 5E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 5E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 6E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 6E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 6E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 6E-5 |
|
Trigger threshold is 6E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 6E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 7E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 7E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 7E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 7E-5 |
|
Trigger threshold is 7E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 7E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 8E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 8E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 8E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 8E-5 |
|
Trigger threshold is 8E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 8E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 9E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 9E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 9E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 9E-5 |
|
Trigger threshold is 9E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 9E-7. |
<RVRTTH> |
Specifies the revert threshold for Proactive Protection Regen. The parameter type is RVRTTH. |
|
Revert threshold is 1E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 1E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 1E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 1E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 1E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 2E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 2E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 2E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 2E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 2E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 3E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 3E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 3E-6 |
|
Revert threshold is 4E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 4E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 4E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 4E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 4E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 4E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 5E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 5E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 5E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 5E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 5E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 5E-8. |
|
Revert threshold is 6E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 6E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 6E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 6E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 6E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 6E-8. |
|
Revert threshold is 7E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 7E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 7E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 7E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 7E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 7E-8. |
|
Revert threshold is 8E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 8E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 8E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 8E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 8E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 8E-8. |
|
Revert threshold is 9E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 9E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 9E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 9E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 9E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 9E-8. |
<TRIGWINDOW> |
Specifies the trigger window value for Proactive Protection Regen in milli seconds. It should always be a multiple of the sample slot value, derived from the trigger threshold value. The maximum TRIGWINDOW value is 10000. |
<RVRTWINDOW> |
Specifies the revert window value for Proactive Protection Regen in milli seconds. It should always be a multiple of the sample slot value, derived from the revert threshold value. The maximum RVRTWINDOW value is 10000 and minimum value is 2000. |
<OVRCLK> |
Indicates whether the optical trunk is over-clocked or not. It can be Y or N. The default is N. |
|
Yes |
|
No |
<RXWLEN> |
The RX wavelength. It is applicable in unidirectional regeneration mode of a muxponder card. In this case the RX wavelength can be different from the nominal TX wavelength (EXPWLEN). It can be any valid DWDM wavelength value. The default value is USE-TWL1. |
<CDLOW> |
(Optional) Lower limit of CD working range. |
<CDHIGH> |
(Optional) Upper limit of CD working range. |
<VOATXPOWER> |
(Optional) VOA Transmit Power. The parameter type is VOATXPOWER, indicates the VOA transmit power on a fixed trunk. |
<TXLASERSHUTDN> |
(Optional) Transmit Laser Shut down. The parameter type is TXLASERSHUTDN indicates the transmit laser shut down status as Y or N. |
<PST> |
(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.54 ED-OCHCC
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Optical Channel Client Connection (ED-OCHCC) command edits the OCH client connection.
Usage Guidelines
- The fields after CTAG (trailing colons) are optional.
- This command does not support multiple editing of OCH client connection provisioning.
- The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
Input Format
ED-OCHCC:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::CKTID=<CKTID>],
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-OCHCC:VA454-22:FAC-2-1-1:116:::CKTID=OCHCC,CMDMDE=FRCD:OOS,DSBLD;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<CKTID> |
Cross-connect ID. The default is Blank or None. String of ASCII characters. Maximum length is 48. If CKTID is empty or null the CKTID field will not be displayed. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<PST> |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. The default is IS. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. The default is AINS. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.55 ED-OCHNC
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Optical Channel Network Connection (ED-OCHNC) command edits the OCH network connection.
Usage Guidelines
- The fields after CTAG (trailing colons) are optional.
- This command does not support multiple editing of wavelength connection provisioning.
- The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
Input Format
ED-OCHNC:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>:::[CKTID=<CKTID>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[WLOPWR=<WLOPWR>],[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-OCHNC:VA454-22:CHANWL-1-3-TX-1530.33,
LINEWL-4-1-RX-1530.33:116:::CKTID=CIRCUIT,CMDMDE=FRCD:LOCKED,DISABLED;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
Source access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. In two-way wavelength connection sources, both directions need to be indicated. |
<DST> |
Destination access identifier from the “LINEWL” section. In two-way wavelength connection sources, both directions need to be indicated. |
<CKTID> |
Cross-connect ID. The default is Blank or None. String of ASCII characters. Maximum length is 48. If CKTID is empty or null the CKTID field will not be displayed. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<WLOPWR> |
The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. WLOPWR is a float. |
<VOAATTN> |
The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. VOAATTN is a float. |
<PST> |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. The default is IS. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. The default is AINS. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.56 ED-OMS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Optical Multiplex Section (ED-OMS) command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OMS facility.
Input Format
ED-OMS[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::EXPBAND=<EXPBAND>],[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>],[CALOPWR=<CALOPWR>],[NAME=<NAME>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-OMS:PENNGROVE:BAND-6-1:114:::,EXPBAND=1530.32-1532.68,
VOAATTN=2.5,VOAPWR=7.5,CALOPWR=0.0,NAME=“OMSPORT”,
SOAK=8,CMDMDE=NORM:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “BAND” section. |
<RDIRN> |
Ring directionality of the optical line. The parameter type is RDIRN_MODE, which is the optical ring directionality. |
|
The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise). |
|
The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise). |
<EXPBAND> |
The expected value of the optical band for this port. The parameter type is OPTICAL_BAND (optical band). |
|
Band 1 |
|
Band 2 |
|
Band 3 |
|
Band 4 |
|
Band 5 |
|
Band 6 |
|
Band 7 |
|
Band 8 |
|
This band is not yet configured/retrieved from unit. |
<VOAATTN> |
The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. VOAATTN is a float. |
<VOAPWR> |
The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAPWR is a float. |
<CALOPWR> |
The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the line added to the calculated value which equals the total expected output power. Expressed in dBm. Defaults to 0 dBm. CALOPWR is a float. |
|
Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes. |
<NAME> |
Port name. NAME is a string. |
<SOAK> |
SOAK is an integer. Defaults to 8. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<PST> |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.57 ED-OPMODE
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Operating Mode (ED-OPMODE) command adds or deletes the client ports from MXP-MR and MXPP-MR modes on the AR_MXP or AR_XP card, and adds or deletes a client-peer pair from the CFP-TXP mode on the CFP-LC card.
Usage Guidelines
- CLIENTPORTS, PEERSLOTS, ACTION, and OPMODE are the mandatory parameters for the ED-OPMODE on the CFP-LC card.
- ED-OPMODE command can be executed only on the CFP-LC card, which is part of the CFP-TXP mode.
- ED-OPMODE command adds or deletes a client-peer pair from the CFP-TXP mode.
- On an existing client1-peer1 pair mode, if a client2-peer2 pair is added using the ED-OPMODE command, either client1-peer1 or client2-peer2 can be deleted using the ED-OPMODE command. However, the same does not work for client1-peer2 or client2-peer1 pair.
- ACTION, CLIENTPORTS, and TRUNKPORT are mandatory parameters for the AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards.
- OPMODE, CLIENTPORTS, PEERSLOTS, and ACTION are mandatory parameters for the 100G-LC-C, 10x10G-LC, and CFP-LC cards.
- The TRUNKPORT parameter is not used in the ED-OPMODE command on the CFP-LC card.
Input Format
ED-OPMODE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[TRUNKPORT=<TRUNKPORT>],CLIENTPORTS=<CLIENTPORTS>,[PEERSLOTS=<PEERSLOTS>],[ACTION=<ACTION>],[OPMODE=<OPMODE>];
Input Example
ED-OPMODE::SLOT-1-3:21:::OPMODE=CFP-TXP,CLIENTPORTS=2,PEERSLOTS=SLOT-1-2,ACTION=ADD.
Input Parameters
<AID> |
SLOT Access Identifier |
<OPMODE> |
Existing operating mode which is being edited |
|
Transponder mode between one CFP-LC and one or two 100G-LC-C cards. |
<ACTION> |
The ADD or DELETE action required while editing the operating mode. |
|
Add client ports to the existing MXP-MR mode or add client-peer pair on 100G-LC-C, 10x10G-LC, and CFP-LC cards. |
|
Delete client ports from the existing MXP-MR mode or Delete client-peer pair on 100G-LC-C, 10x10G-LC, and CFP-LC cards. |
|
Low latency opmode is supported only on 10x10G-LC card. |
<TRUNKPORT> |
The trunk port number in MXP-MR mode on which the edit operation is being performed |
<CLIENTPORTS> |
The client port numbers that are being added or deleted to the operating mode. |
<PEERSLOTS> |
The slot number of the peer card (100G-LC-C) of the CFP-LC card, which is part of the CFP-TXP and CFP-MXP modes, specified by the SLOT<SLOTNO>. |
11.58 ED-OTS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Optical Transport Section (ED-OTS) command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OTS facility.
Input Format
ED-OTS[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>],[OFFSET=<OFFSET>],[CALTILT=<CALTILT>],[OSRI=<OSRI>],[NAME=<NAME>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[<FG>],[<CG>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-OTS:PENNGROVE:LINE-6-1:114:::RDIRN=W-E,VOAATTN=5.0,VOAPWR=10.0,OFFSET=0.0,CALTILT=0.0,OSRI=N,
NAME=“OTS PORT”,SOAK=8,CMDMDE=NORM:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “LINE” section. |
<RDIRN> |
Ring directionality of the optical line. The parameter type is RDIRN_MODE, which is the optical ring directionality. |
|
The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise). |
|
The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise). |
<VOAATTN> |
The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. VOAATTN is a float. |
<VOAPWR> |
The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAPWR is a float. |
<OFFSET> |
The calibration value of the optical power added to the calculated reference value. Defaults to 0 dBm. OFFSET is a float. |
<CALTILT> |
(Optional) The amplifier calibration tilt offset to be added to the calculated reference value. Defaults to 0 dBm. CALTILT is a float. |
<OSRI> |
(Optional) Optical safety remote interlock (OSRI) is enabled or disabled. Present only on a port where the OSRI is supported. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<NAME> |
The name of the port. NAME is a string. |
<SOAK> |
SOAK is an integer. It defaults to 8. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<CG> |
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
|
TDCU coarse grain value |
<FG> |
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
|
TDCU fine grain value |
<PST> |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.59 ED-OTU
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Optical Transport Unit Level 1/2/3 command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OTU1, OTU2, OTU3, and OTU4 facilities respectively. The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
Usage Guidelines
- Squelchmode is applicable for OTU1, OTU2, OTU3, and OTU4 modifiers.
- Squelchmode for OTU1 clients are NONE or ODU-AIS.
- Squelchmode for OTU1/OTU2 trunk in RGN and TXP modes is ODU-AIS.
- Squelchmode for OTU1/OTU2 trunk in non-TXP mode is NONE.
- OVRCLK parameter is supported on OTU2 on SFP+ ports on 10x10G-LC.
- In the CFP-TXP mode, the ED-OTU is applicable for FREQ, LOSSB, SOAK, and SQUELCHMODE paramters on the CFP-LC card on the VFAC AID.
- In the CFP-TXP mode, the ED-OTU is applicable for FEC, OSFBER, and OSDBER parameters on the 100G-LC-C virtual ports on the VCFAC AID.
Input Format
ED-<OTU>[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::OSDBER=<SDBER>],[GCC=<GCC>],[DWRAP=<DRWAP>],[FEC=<FEC>],[PAYLOADMAP=<PAYLOADMAP>],[PMMODE=<PMMODE>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[NAME=<PORTNAME>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[GCCRATE=<GCCRATE>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>],[OTNTRMAP=<OTNTRMAP>],[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],[ODUTRANSMODE=<ODUTRANSMODE>],[PORTMODE=<PORTMODE>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[PPR=<PPR>],[TRIGTH=<TRIGTH>],[RVRTTH=<RVRTTH>],[TRIGWINDOW=<TRIGWINDOW>],[RVRTWINDOW=<RVRTWINDOW>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-OTU1::VFAC-3-5-1:1:::GCC=Y,GCCRATE=400K,SENDDUS=N;
ED-OTU2::VFAC-6-9-1:1:::PPR=Y,TRIGTH=6E-4,TRIGWINDOW=1000,RVRTTH=1E-5,RVRTWINDOW=2000;
Input Parameters
AID> |
The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. OTU2 uses VFAC and VLINE AID on 10x10G-LC card. OTU3 and OTU4 use VFAC on CFP-LC cards. |
<OSDBER> |
OTN SDBER. Can only be provisioned on the working port. Defaults to 1E-7 Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
SDBER is 1E-5 |
|
SDBER is 1E-6 |
|
SDBER is 1E-7 |
|
SDBER is 1E-8 |
|
SDBER is 1E-9 |
<GCC> |
Identifies the Generic communication channel (GCC) con-nection of the port. |
|
GCC can be utilized |
|
GCC cannot be utilized |
<DWRAP> |
(Optional) The ITU-T G.709 monitoring digital wrapper. It is either on or off. The system default is ON. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the DWDM port. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). To enable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the DWDM port and the payload (in which the card is configured) should not be UNFRAMED. To disable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the DWDM port, the FEC should be turned to off, there should be no overhead circuit created on the DWDM port, and none of the client ports on the card should be part of a Y-cable protection group (muxponder only). |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<FEC> |
(Optional) Forward error correction. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON. It is either off or enabled in standard or enhanced mode. The system default is standard FEC enabled. The FEC level PM and thresholds apply if the FEC is turned ON. The parameter type is FEC_MODE, which specifies the type of forward error correction. |
|
Enhanced FEC is enabled. |
|
Enhanced FEC 1.4 is enabled. |
|
Enhanced FEC 1.7 is enabled. |
|
20% High Gain FEC. |
|
High Gain 7% FEC. |
|
FEC is disabled. |
|
Standard FEC is enabled. |
<GCCRATE> |
(Optional) The data rate of the GCC traffic. The default is 192 Kbps. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the DWDM port. The parameter type is GCCRATE, which is the data rate of the GCC traffic. |
|
192 Kbps |
|
400 Kbps (only on M2 and M6 chassis) |
|
1200 Kbps (only on 15454 chassis) |
< PAYLOADMAP> |
(Optional) The type of payload mapping. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON and FEC is enabled. The parameter type is PAYLOAD_MAPPING, which is the payload mapping mode. |
|
Asynchronous mapping mode |
|
ODU multiplex structure mode |
|
Synchronous mapping mode |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
|
Mapping with no FIXEDSTUFF |
<FREQ> |
The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength). |
|
Wavelength 850 nm |
|
Wavelength 1310 nm |
|
Wavelength 1550 nm |
|
Wavelength 1470 nm |
|
Wavelength 1490 nm |
|
Wavelength 1510 nm |
|
Wavelength 1530 nm |
|
Wavelength 1570 nm |
|
Wavelength 1590 nm |
|
Wavelength 1610 nm |
|
Wavelength 1528.77 nm |
|
Wavelength 1529.16 |
|
Wavelength 1529.55 nm |
|
Wavelength 1529.94 nm |
|
Wavelength 1530.33 nm |
|
Wavelength 1530.72 nm |
|
Wavelength 1531.12 nm |
|
Wavelength 1531.51 nm |
|
Wavelength 1531.90 nm |
|
Wavelength 1532.29 nm |
|
Wavelength 1532.68 nm |
|
Wavelength 1533.07 nm |
|
Wavelength 1533.47 nm |
|
Wavelength 1533.86 nm |
|
Wavelength 1534.25 nm |
|
Wavelength 1534.64 nm |
|
Wavelength 1535.04 nm |
|
Wavelength 1535.43 nm |
|
Wavelength 1535.82 nm |
|
Wavelength 1536.22 nm |
|
Wavelength 1536.61 nm |
|
Wavelength 1537.00 nm |
|
Wavelength 1537.40 nm |
|
Wavelength 1537.79 nm |
|
Wavelength 1538.19 nm |
|
Wavelength 1538.58 nm |
|
Wavelength 1538.98 nm |
|
Wavelength 1539.37 nm |
|
Wavelength 1539.77 nm |
|
Wavelength 1540.16 nm |
|
Wavelength 1540.56 nm |
|
Wavelength 1540.95 nm |
|
Wavelength 1541.35 nm |
|
Wavelength 1541.75 nm |
|
Wavelength 1542.14 nm |
|
Wavelength 1542.54 nm |
|
Wavelength 1542.94 nm |
|
Wavelength 1543.33 nm |
|
Wavelength 1543.73 nm |
|
Wavelength 1544.13 nm |
|
Wavelength 1544.53 nm |
|
Wavelength 1544.92 nm |
|
Wavelength 1545.32 nm |
|
Wavelength 1545.72 nm |
|
Wavelength 1546.12 nm |
|
Wavelength 1546.52 nm |
|
Wavelength 1546.92 nm |
|
Wavelength 1547.32 nm |
|
Wavelength 1547.72 nm |
|
Wavelength 1548.11 nm |
|
Wavelength 1548.51 nm |
|
Wavelength 1548.91 nm |
|
Wavelength 1549.32 nm |
|
Wavelength 1549.72 nm |
|
Wavelength 1550.12 nm |
|
Wavelength 1550.52 nm |
|
Wavelength 1550.92 nm |
|
Wavelength 1551.32 nm |
|
Wavelength 1551.72 nm |
|
Wavelength 1552.12 nm |
|
Wavelength 1552.52 nm |
|
Wavelength 1552.92 nm |
|
Wavelength 1553.33 nm |
|
Wavelength 1553.73 nm |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 nm |
|
Wavelength 1554.54 nm |
|
Wavelength 1554.94 nm |
|
Wavelength 1555.34 nm |
|
Wavelength 1555.75 nm |
|
Wavelength 1556.15 nm |
|
Wavelength 1556.55 nm |
|
Wavelength 1556.96 nm |
|
Wavelength 1557.36 nm |
|
Wavelength 1557.77 nm |
|
Wavelength 1558.17 nm |
|
Wavelength 1558.58 nm |
|
Wavelength 1558.98 nm |
|
Wavelength 1559.39 nm |
|
Wavelength 1559.79 nm |
|
Wavelength 1560.20 nm |
|
Wavelength 1560.61 nm |
|
Wavelength 1561.01 nm |
|
Wavelength 1561.42 nm |
|
Wavelength 1561.83 nm |
|
Wavelength 1562.23 |
|
Wavelength 1562.64 |
|
Wavelength 1563.05 |
|
Wavelength 1563.45 |
|
Wavelength 1563.86 |
|
Wavelength 1564.27 |
|
Wavelength 1564.68 |
|
Wavelength 1565.09 |
|
Wavelength 1565.50 |
|
Wavelength 1565.90 |
|
Wavelength 1566.31 |
|
Wavelength 1566.72 |
|
Wavelength 1570 |
|
Wavelength 1570.83 |
|
Wavelength 1571.24 |
|
Wavelength 1571.65 |
|
Wavelength 1572.06 |
|
Wavelength 1572.48 |
|
Wavelength 1572.89 |
|
Wavelength 1573.30 |
|
Wavelength 1573.71 |
|
Wavelength 1574.13 |
|
Wavelength 1574.54 |
|
Wavelength 1574.95 |
|
Wavelength 1575.37 |
|
Wavelength 1575.78 |
|
Wavelength 1576.20 |
|
Wavelength 1576.61 |
|
Wavelength 1577.03 |
|
Wavelength 1577.44 |
|
Wavelength 1577.86 |
|
Wavelength 1578.27 |
|
Wavelength 1578.69 |
|
Wavelength 1579.10 |
|
Wavelength 1579.52 |
|
Wavelength 1579.93 |
|
Wavelength 1580.35 |
|
Wavelength 1580.77 |
|
Wavelength 1581.18 |
|
Wavelength 1581.60 |
|
Wavelength 1582.02 |
|
Wavelength 1582.44 |
|
Wavelength 1582.85 |
|
Wavelength 1583.27 |
|
Wavelength 1583.69 |
|
Wavelength 1584.11 |
|
Wavelength 1584.53 |
|
Wavelength 1584.95 |
|
Wavelength 1585.36 |
|
Wavelength 1585.78 |
|
Wavelength 1586.20 |
|
Wavelength 1586.62 |
|
Wavelength 1587.04 |
|
Wavelength 1587.46 |
|
Wavelength 1587.88 |
|
Wavelength 1588.30 |
|
Wavelength 1588.73 |
|
Wavelength 1589.15 |
|
Wavelength 1589.57 |
|
Wavelength 1589.99 |
|
Wavelength 1590 |
|
Wavelength 1590.41 |
|
Wavelength 1590.83 |
|
Wavelength 1591.26 |
|
Wavelength 1591.68 |
|
Wavelength 1592.10 |
|
Wavelength 1592.52 |
|
Wavelength 1592.95 |
|
Wavelength 1593.37 |
|
Wavelength 1593.79 |
|
Wavelength 1594.22 |
|
Wavelength 1594.64 |
|
Wavelength 1595.06 |
|
Wavelength 1595.49 |
|
Wavelength 1596.34 |
|
Wavelength 1596.76 |
|
Wavelength 1597.19 |
|
Wavelength 1597.62 |
|
Wavelength 1598.04 |
|
Wavelength 1598.47 |
|
Wavelength 1598.89 |
|
Wavelength 1599.32 |
|
Wavelength 1599.75 |
|
Wavelength 1600.06 |
|
Wavelength 1601.03 |
|
Wavelength 1601.46 |
|
Wavelength 1601.88 |
|
Wavelength 1602.31 |
|
Wavelength 1602.74 |
|
Wavelength 1603.17 |
|
Wavelength 1603.60 |
|
Wavelength 1604.03 |
|
Wavelength 1610 |
|
Use Tunable Wavelength 1 |
<LOSSB> |
(Optional) The parameter type is REACH, which indicates the reach values. |
|
100GBASE-LR4 |
|
100GBASE-SR10 |
|
40GBASE-FR |
|
40GBASE-LR4 |
|
Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card. |
|
4I1-9D1F |
|
Autoprovisioning |
|
C4S1-2D1 |
|
Reach CX |
|
Reach CX1 |
|
Reach DX |
|
FE-BX |
|
FX |
|
GE-BX |
|
GE-EX |
|
Reach HX |
|
Reach I1 |
|
Reach IR-1 |
|
Reach IR-2 |
|
Reach L1 |
|
Reach L2 |
|
Reach L3 |
|
Reach LR-1 |
|
Reach LR-2 |
|
Reach LR-3 |
|
Reach LX |
|
LX-10 |
|
10G Ethernet with 850 nm wavelength |
|
Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength |
|
Reach S1 |
|
Reach S2 |
|
Reach SR |
|
Reach SR-1 |
|
Reach SX |
|
Reach T |
|
10 GE extended range |
|
10 GE long range |
|
TEN-GE-LRM |
|
10 GE short range |
|
TEN-GE-ZR |
|
VSR2000-3R2 |
|
Reach VX |
|
Reach ZX |
|
Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength |
|
Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength |
|
Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing with |
|
Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing with wavelength between 1525–1565 nm |
<PORTNAME> |
(Optional) Port name. PORTNAME is a string. |
<SOAK> |
(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer. |
<OTNTRMAP> |
OTN Traffic Mapping |
|
No traffic mapping |
|
Constant Bit Rate 10G |
|
10. 399 Gbit/s |
|
ODU1 Multiplexer |
|
2.498 Gbits/s |
<NAME> |
(Optional) Port name. NAME is a string. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters. |
<SYNCMSG> |
Synchronization status messaging is enabled or disabled on the facility. The parameter type is YES_NO, which indicates whether the user's password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE. |
|
No |
|
Yes |
<PPR> |
(Optional) To enable or disable the Proactive Protection Regen (PPR) in the OTU2 Card in Regen Mode. |
|
PPR enabled. |
|
PPR disabled. |
<TRIGTH> |
Specifies the trigger threshold value for Proactive Protection Regen. The parameter type is TRIGGER_THRESHOLD. |
|
Trigger threshold is 1E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 1E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 1E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 1E-5 |
|
Trigger threshold is 1E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 1E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 2E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 2E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 2E-4 |
|
Trigger threshold is 2E-5 |
|
Trigger threshold is 2E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 2E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 3E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 3E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 3E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 3E-5. |
|
Trigger threshold is 3E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-5. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 4E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 5E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 5E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 5E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 5E-5. |
|
Trigger threshold is 5E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 5E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 6E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 6E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 6E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 6E-5 |
|
Trigger threshold is 6E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 6E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 7E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 7E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 7E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 7E-5 |
|
Trigger threshold is 7E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 7E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 8E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 8E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 8E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 8E-5 |
|
Trigger threshold is 8E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 8E-7. |
|
Trigger threshold is 9E-2. |
|
Trigger threshold is 9E-3. |
|
Trigger threshold is 9E-4. |
|
Trigger threshold is 9E-5 |
|
Trigger threshold is 9E-6. |
|
Trigger threshold is 9E-7. |
<RVRTTH> |
Specifies the revert threshold for Proactive Protection Regen. The parameter type is RVRTTH. |
|
Revert threshold is 1E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 1E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 1E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 1E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 1E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 2E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 2E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 2E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 2E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 2E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 3E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 3E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 3E-6 |
|
Revert threshold is 4E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 4E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 4E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 4E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 4E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 4E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 5E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 5E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 5E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 5E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 5E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 5E-8. |
|
Revert threshold is 6E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 6E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 6E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 6E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 6E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 6E-8. |
|
Revert threshold is 7E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 7E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 7E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 7E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 7E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 7E-8. |
|
Revert threshold is 8E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 8E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 8E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 8E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 8E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 8E-8. |
|
Revert threshold is 9E-3. |
|
Revert threshold is 9E-4. |
|
Revert threshold is 9E-5 |
|
Revert threshold is 9E-6. |
|
Revert threshold is 9E-7. |
|
Revert threshold is 9E-8. |
<TRIGWINDOW> |
Specifies the trigger window value for Proactive Protection Regen in milli seconds. It should always be a multiple of the sample slot value, derived from the trigger threshold value. The maximum TRIGWINDOW value is 10000. |
<RVRTWINDOW> |
Specifies the revert window value for Proactive Protection Regen in milli seconds. It should always be a multiple of the sample slot value, derived from the revert threshold value. The maximum RVRTWINDOW value is 10000 and minimum value is 2000. |
<SENDDUS> |
The facility will send the DUS value as the SSM for that facility. The parameter type is YES_NO, which indicates whether the user's password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE. |
|
No |
|
Yes |
<ADMSSM> |
The administrative synchronization status message. Only supported on the ONS 15454. Defaults to STU. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level. |
|
DoNot Use |
|
Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable |
|
Reserved For Network Synchronization Use |
|
SONET Minimum Clock Traceable |
|
Stratum 2 Traceable |
|
Stratum 3 Traceable |
|
Stratum 3E Traceable |
|
Stratum 4 Traceable |
|
Synchronized, Traceability Unknown |
|
Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only) |
< ODUTRANSMODE> |
To configure the "ODUk OH" transparency on the OTU2-XP card. |
|
Transparent Standard Use. The transponder, behaving as a regenerator, terminates the OUT layer and is transparent to the ODU layer. Also in this case the FEC-MISM (FEC Mismatch) alarm is not generated. |
|
Cisco Extended. When the Cisco Extended configuration is selected, two bytes of the ODU layer is terminated to guarantee the interoperability with the older Transpon-der/Muxponder cards. |
<CMDMDE> |
(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<PORTMODE> |
Describes the termination mode of each interface on the card. |
|
Line terminating mode. |
|
Section terminating mode. |
|
Transparent mode AIS. |
|
Transparent mode Squelch |
|
10G LAN to WAN Squelch. |
<ODUTRANSMODE> |
To configure the "ODUk OH" transparency on the OTU2-XP card. |
|
Cisco Extended. When the Cisco Extended configuration is selected, two bytes of the ODU layer is terminated to guarantee the interoperability with the older Transponder/Muxponder cards. |
|
Transparent Standard Use. The transponder, behaving as a regenerator, terminates the OUT layer and is transparent to the ODU layer. Also in this case the FEC-MISM (FEC Mismatch) alarm is not generated. |
<SQUELCHMODE> |
Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects. |
|
ODU AIS |
|
Generis AIS |
|
Transparent |
|
Squelch is enabled |
|
Squelch is disabled |
<OVRCLK> |
Indicates whether the optical trunk is over-clocked or not. It can be Y or N. The default is N. |
|
Yes |
|
No |
<PST> |
(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In Service |
|
Out Of Service |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Disabled |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Automatically IN Service |
11.60 ED-PID
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Password (ED-PID) command allows a user to change his or her own password.
Usage Guidelines
- Passwords are masked for the following security commands: ACT-USER, ED-PID, ENT-USER-SECU, and ED-USER-SECU. Access to a TL1 session by any means will have the password masked. The Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) Request History and Message Log will also show the masked commands. When a password-masked command is reissued by double-clicking the command from CTC Request History, the password will still be masked in the CTC Request History and Message Log. The actual password that was previously issued will be sent to the NE. To use a former command as a template only, single-click the command in CTC Request History. The command will be placed in the Command Request text box, where you can edit the appropriate fields prior to reissuing it.
- The password will not appear in the TL1 log on the NE.
- For the ED-PID command:
ED-PID:[TID]:<UID>:[CTAG]::<OLDPID>,<NEWPID>;
The syntax of OLDPID is not checked. The NEWPID should follow Telcordia standards set by SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT command for minimum password length, maximum password length, and password character rule.
- You must use the ED-USER-SECU command to change the default password for the CISCO15 superuser.
- The ED-PID command cannot be used to change the empty password to a valid password.
Input Format
ED-PID:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>::<OLDPID>,<NEWPID>;
Input Example
ED-PID:PETALUMA:UID:123::OLDPWD,NEWPWD;
Input Parameters
<UID> |
User Identifier. Any combination of up to 20 alphanumeric characters. The minimum UID size is 2. UID is a string. |
<OLDPID> |
The user's old password. Minimum length of the PID depends on the PWDMINLEN, the type of characters to be entered depends on the PWDCHRULE, and maximum length depends on PWDMAXLEN set by SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT command. Passwords are encrypted and appear as asterisks (*). OLDPID is a string. |
<NEWPID> |
The user's new password. Minimum length of the PID depends on the PWDMINLEN, the type of characters to be entered depends on the PWDCHRULE, and maximum length depends on PWDMAXLEN set by SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT command. Passwords are encrypted and appear as asterisks (*). NEWPID is a string. |
11.61 ED-POS
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Packet-Over-SONET (ED-POS) command edits the back-end port information for the Ethernet card when the back-end port is working in POS mode. The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use the retrieve command to obtain the current value. ED-POS cannot set ENCAP and PST/SST.
Usage Guidelines
This command is supported for the ONS 15454 CE-100T-8 and CE-1000-4 cards.
Input Format
ED-POS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],[NAME=<NAME>],
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-POS:PETALUMA:VFAC-2-0:123:::ENCAP=HDLC,NAME=NAME,CMDMDE=CMDMDE,
SOAK=32:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<ENCAP> |
Encapsulation. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type. |
|
GFP frame mode |
|
GFP transparent mode |
|
HDLC frame mode |
|
HDLC LAN extension frame mode |
|
HDLC X.86 frame mode |
|
CBR mapping mode. |
|
GFP mapping mode. |
|
GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card. |
|
Transparent mapping mode. |
<NAME> |
Port name. NAME is a string. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<SOAK> |
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer. |
<PST> |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.62 ED-PROTOCOL
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Protocol (ED-PROTOCOL) command is used to enable/disable a protocol/service that is supported in the NE. Valid protocols include shell/file system access (SHELL), EMS, TL1, and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).
Usage Guidelines
- If the AID is TL1, the command will be denied because TL1 users are not allowed to change the setting for TL1 protocol.
- If the PROTOCOLAID is SNMP, the SECURE PROTOCOLSTAT is supported. To enable SNMP, set PROTOCOLSTAT to either SECURE or UNSECURE.
Input Format
ED-PROTOCOL:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<PROTSTAT>;
Input Example
ED-PROTOCOL:CISCONODE:EMS:123::SECURE;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
The protocol/service to which the command pertains. The parameter type is PROTOCOLAID, which is the AID for the protocol/service. |
|
CTC/CTM protocol/service |
|
Shell/file system access protocol |
|
SNMP protocol/service |
|
TL1 protocol service |
<PROTSTAT> |
Identifies the status of the protocol/service. The parameter type is PROTOCOLSTAT, which is the status of the protocol. |
|
The protocol cannot be used. |
|
The protocol is enabled and communication using the protocol are sure, for example, through Secure Shell Protocol (SSH). |
|
The protocol is enabled but communication is not secure, for example, through Telnet. |
11.63 ED-QNQ-CHGRP
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Channel Group QinQ (ED-QNQ-CHGRP) command edits the IEEE 802.1Q tunneling (QinQ) relationship between the CE-VLAN and the S-VLAN for Gigabit Ethernet uniport provisioning associated to a channel group.
Usage Guidelines
- The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values, but these values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use the RTRV-ETH command to obtain the current value.
- If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.
- The ALL AID is invalid for this command.
Input Format
ED-QNQ-CHGRP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<FIRST_CE_VLAN_ID>,<LAST_CE_VLAN_ID>,<S_VLAN_ID>:[RULE=<RULE>],[INTERNALVLAN=<INTERNAL_VLAN_ID>],[INGRESSCOS=<INGRESSCOS>][:];
Input Example
ED-QNQ-CHGRP:CISCO:CHGRP-1-1:1::10,11,100:RULE=ADD;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section. |
<FIRSTCEVLANID> |
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
<LASTCEVLANID> |
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
<SVLANID> |
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
<RULE> |
Used to represent the rules allowed for the VLAN tagging operations. The default value is ADD. |
|
The S-VLAN tag is added to the CE-VLAN tag. |
|
The S-VLAN tag replaces the CE-VLAN tag (single Q). |
|
XLTE and ADD rule applied together. This rule request to supply an internal S-VLAN. First the Internal VLAN substitutes the Customer VLAN, then Service Provider VLAN TAG (S-VLAN) is added |
|
ADD rule applied two times. This rule request to supply an internal S-VLAN. First the Internal VLAN is added, then Service Provider VLAN TAG (S-VLAN) is added to have a double tag |
<INTERNAL_VLAN_ID> |
Internal VLAN ID. |
<INGRESSCOS> |
Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag. |
|
Set a Cos value |
|
The COS is set according to DSCP to COS mapping table. |
|
Use the Customer COS |
|
The COS provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode) |
11.64 ED-QNQ-ETH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit ETH QinQ Table (ED-QNQ-ETH) command modifies the IEEE 802.1Q tunneling (QinQ) relationship between the customer VLAN (CE-VLAN) and the service provider VLAN (S-VLAN) for Gigabit Ethernet uniport provisioning associated to an L2 Ethernet port.
Usage Guidelines
- The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values, but these values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
- If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.
- The ALL AID is invalid for this command.
Input Format
ED-QNQ-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<FIRSTCEVLANID>,<LASTCEVLANID>,<S_VLAN_ID>[:RULE=<RULE>],[INTERNALVLAN=<INTERNAL_VLAN_ID>],[INGRESSCOS=<INGRESSCOS>][:];
Input Example
ED-QNQ-ETH:PETALUMA:ETH-1-1-1:1::10,11,100:RULE=ADD;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
<FIRSTCEVLANID> |
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
<LASTCEVLANID> |
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
<SVLANID> |
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
<RULE> |
Used to represent the rules allowed for VLAN tagging operations. |
|
The service provider VLAN tag is added to the customer VLAN tag. |
|
The service provider VLAN tag replaces the CE-VLAN tag (single Q). |
|
XLTE and ADD rule applied together. This rule request to supply an internal S-VLAN. First the Internal VLAN substitutes the Customer VLAN, then Service Provider VLAN TAG (S-VLAN) is added |
|
ADD rule applied two times. This rule request to supply an internal S-VLAN. First the Internal VLAN is added, then Service Provider VLAN TAG (S-VLAN) is added to have a double tag |
<INTERNAL_VLAN_ID> |
Internal VLAN ID |
<INGRESSCOS> |
Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag. |
|
Set a Cos value |
|
The COS is set according to DSCP to COS mapping table. |
|
Use the Customer COS. |
|
The COS provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode) |
11.65 ED-REP
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Resilient Ethernet Protocol (ED-REP) command edits the Resilient Ethernet Protocol (REP) configuration on the ethernet port.
Usage Guidelines
- The PREEMPTDELAY parameter value “0” indicates the automatic VLB is disabled on the Edge Ports.
- The NE generates a REPT-DBCHG notification when the preempt delay timer is changed.
- This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
Input Format
ED-REP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<PREEMPTDELAY>;
Input Example
ED-REP:CISCO:ETH-12-1-1:1::20;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
<PREEMPTDELAY> |
Specifies the time in minutes after which the VLAN load balancing is triggered automatically. The valid range is from 15 to 300 minutes. The default value is 0. |
11.66 ED-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Roll for STS1, STS12C, STS192C, STS24C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VT1, or VT2 (ED-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>) command forces a rolling operation, which attempts to force a valid signal to complete the rolling operation.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Note
STS18C and STS36C are not supported for this command in this release.
Input Format
ED-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>:[<TID>]:<FROM>,<TO>:<CTAG>:::[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>];
Input Example
ED-ROLL-STS1:PETALUMA:STS-1-1-1,STS-2-1-1:1:::CMDMDE=FRCD;
Input Parameters
<FROM> |
Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section. It is one of the termination points (legs) of the existing cross-connection. If the existing cross-connection is one-way, then this termination point (leg) should be the FROM-AID termination point. Otherwise, FROM is not significant. FROM and TO should be entered as they are entered in the ENT-CRS command. You can issue RTRV-CRS command, and use the response for FROM and TO parameters. |
<TO> |
Destination access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section. It is one of the termination points (legs) of the existing cross-connection. If the existing cross-connection is one-way, then this termination point (leg) should be the TO-AID termination point. Otherwise, the TO is not significant. FROM and TO should be entered as they are entered in the ENT-CRS command. You can issue RTRV-CRS command, and use the response for FROM and TO parameters. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. Note CMDMDE can only go from NORM to FRCD (cannot go from FRCD to NORM). CMDMDE cannot be set to NORM using this command. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
11.67 ED-SLV-WDMANS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Span Loss Verification Wavelength Division Multiplexing Automatic Node Set-Up (ED-SLV-WMANS) command edits the expected span loss verification.
Input Format
ED-SLV-WDMANS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<ROLE>][:];
Input Example
ED-SLV-WDMANS:VA454-22:WDMANS-E:116;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “WDMANS” section. |
<ROLE> |
The role the unit is playing in the protection group. |
|
The entity is the protection unit in the protection group. |
|
The entity is the working unit in the protection group. |
11.68 ED-STCN-REP
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Segment Topology Change Notification Resilient Ethernet Protocol (ED-STCN-REP) command edits the Segment Topology Change Notification (STCN) for REP Segment on the ethernet ports.
Usage Guidelines
- STCN can be enabled only on the EDGE ports of the REP Segment.
- If the STCN is not enabled, you cannot edit any other parameters related to STCN.
- Only one Segment range can be added or removed at a time
- A maximum of 2 Segment range can be configured on the ethernet edge port.
- This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
Input Format
ED-STCN-REP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[STCNENABLED=<STCNENABLED>],[STCNOPERATION=<STCNOPERATION>],[SEGRANGESTART=<SEGRANGESTART>],[SEGRANGEEND=<SEGRANGEEND>],[STCNPORT=<STCNPORT>];
Input Example
ED-STCN-REP::ETH-16-1-1:1:::STCNENABLED=Y,STCNOPERATION=ADD,SEGRANGESTART=1000,SEGRANGEEND=1004,STCNPORT=ETH-16-2-1;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<STCNENABLED> |
To enable or disable the Segment Topology Notification on ethernet entity for REP. |
|
Enables STCN on the ethernet port. |
|
Disables STCN on the ethernet port. |
<STCNOPERATION> |
Adds or removes the range for STCN notification. |
|
Adds the range to a list of segment ranges for STCN notification. |
|
Removes the range from the list of ranges for STCN notification. |
<SEGRANGESTART> |
Indicates the segment range start value for the STCN. The valid range is from 0 to 1024. |
<SEGRANGEEND> |
Indicates the segment range end value for the STCN. The valid range is from 0 to 1024. |
<STCNPORT> |
Determines on which ethernet port the STCN should be sent. STCNPORT is an AID, it takes ETH AID value. The default is NULL. |
11.69 ED-SYNCN
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Synchronization (ED-SYNCN) command edits the synchronization reference list used to determine the sources for the NE's reference clock and the BITS output clock. For each clock, up to three synchronization sources might be specified (for example, PRIMARY, SECOND, THIRD).To view or edit the system timing mode, use the RTRV-NE-SYNCN or ED-NE-SYNCN commands.
Usage Guidelines
To retrieve/set the timing mode, SSM message set, or quality of RES information, use the RTRV-NE-SYNCN and ED-NE-SYNCN commands.
Input Format
ED-SYNCN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PRI=<PRI>],[SEC=<SEC>],[THIRD=<THIRD>][:];
Input Example
ED-SYNCN:BOYES:SYNC-NE:112:::PRI=INTERNAL,SEC=INTERNAL,THIRD=INTERNAL;
11.70 ED-T1
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Digital Signal Facility (ED-T1) command edits the attributes related to a DS1/T1 port.
Usage Guidelines
- This command is not allowed if the card is a protect card.
- If sending this command to edit TACC and any other attribute(s), and the port having the cross-connection, the Parameters Not Compatible error message will be returned.
- Editing the TACC using an ED-xxx command is only allowed when there is no circuit/cross-connection on the port and the port/VT does not have a TAP or TACC number. Otherwise, an error message (for example, VT in Use) will be returned.
- TACC creation will be denied on protect ports/cards.
- AUTO-PROV is not supported.
- The AISONLPBK and RETIME options are applicable to the DS1/E1-56 card on the ONS 15454.
- The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to retrieve the current value.
- The parameters SYNCMAP, and VTMAP are only supported on the DS1/E1-56 card on the ONS 15454.
- The parameters ADMSSM and INHFELPBK are only supported on the DS1/E1-56 card on the ONS 15454.
- You cannot directly transition a facility from IS to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state. You can transition a facility to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state from any state except OOS-MA,MT. To transition a facility from OOS-MA,MT to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state, all the following conditions must be met:
–
The facility is not sourcing a synchronization clock
–
The facility's DCC is disabled
–
The facility is not part of a protection group
–
The facility is not supporting cross-connects
–
The facility is not using overhead connections or overhead terminations (such as express orderwire, local orderwire, or user data channels [UDCs])
Note
The conditions stipulated can be overridden by using the CMDMDE=FRCD option. The FRCD option will immediately remove the facility from service (except for IS to OOS-MA,DSBLD transition) with no consideration for orderly interruption.
- The parameters BERTMODE, BERTPATTERN, and BERTERRCOUNT apply to DS1/E1-56 and DS3XM-12 cards.
- BERT is implemented on a single port.
Input Format
ED-T1[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::CLKSRC=<CLKSRC>],[LINECDE=<LINECDE>],[FMT=<FMT>],[LBO=<LBO>],[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>],[MODE=<MODE>],[SYNCMAP=<SYNCMAP>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],[VTMAP=<VTMAP>],[AISVONAIS=<AISVONAIS>],[AISONLOF=<AISONLOF>],[INHFELPBK=<INHFELPBK>],[INHFEBPLPBK=<INHFEBPLPBK>],[BERTMODE=<BERTMODE>],[BERTPATTERN=<BERTPATTERN>],[BERTERRCOUNT=<BERTERRCOUNT>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-T1:CISCO:FAC-2-1:1223:::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=ESF,LBO=0-131,TACC=8,
TAPTYPE=SINGLE,SOAK=10,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,SYNCMSG=Y,SENDDUS=Y,
NAME="T1 PORT",CMDMDE=FRCD,AISONLPBK=AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL,
MODE=FDL,SYNCMAP=ASYNC,ADMSSM=STU,VTMAP=GR253,AISVONAIS=Y,
AISONLOF=Y,INHFELPBK=N, BERTMODE=NONE,BERTPATTERN=NONE,
BERTERRCOUNT=0:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<CLKSRC> |
<CLKSRC> |
|
INTERNAL |
|
LOOPBACK TIMING |
|
SYNCE |
|
ADAPTIVE |
<LINECDE> |
Line code. The parameter type is LINE_CODE. |
|
Line code value is AMI. |
|
Bipolar with three-zero substitution |
|
Line code value is B6ZS. |
|
Line code value is B8ZS. |
|
JBZS |
|
ZBTSI |
<FMT> |
Digital signal frame format. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for a T1 port. |
|
AUTOPROV |
|
C-BIT line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards. |
|
Frame format is D4. |
|
DS2 FRAMED |
|
E2 FRAMED |
|
E3-FRAME |
|
E3-PLCP |
|
Frame format is ESF. |
|
FRAMENA |
|
G-751 |
|
G-832 |
|
M13 line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards. |
|
M23 |
|
SYNTRAN |
|
Frame format is unframed. |
<LBO> |
Line build-out settings. The parameter type is LINE_BUILDOUT. |
|
Line build-out range is 0–133 |
|
Line build-out range is 133-266 |
|
Line build-out range is 266-399 |
|
Line build-out range is 399-533 |
|
Line build-out range is 533-655 |
<TACC> |
TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Default is N. TACC is an integer. |
<TAPTYPE> |
TAP type. Defaults to DUAL. The parameter type is TAPTYPE (test access point type). |
|
Dual FAD |
|
Single FAD |
<SOAK> |
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer. |
<SFBER> |
The port signal failure threshold. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path. |
|
SFBER is 1E-3. |
|
SFBER is 1E-4. |
|
SFBER is 1E-5. |
<SDBER> |
Port signal degrade threshold. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
SDBER is 1E-5. |
|
SDBER is 1E-6. |
|
SDBER is 1E-7. |
|
SDBER is 1E-8. |
|
SDBER is 1E-9. |
<SYNCMSG> |
Synchronization status messaging is enabled or disabled on the T1 facility. Note SYNCMSG is not supported on the ONS 15454. The parameter type is YES_NO, which indicates whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE. |
|
No |
|
Yes |
<SENDDUS> |
The facility will send the DUS value as the SSM for that facility. Note SENDDUS is not supported on the ONS 15454. The parameter type is YES_NO, which indicates whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE. |
|
No |
|
Yes |
<NAME> |
Name. NAME is a string. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<AISONLPBK> |
Defaults to AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if AIS is sent on a loopback. |
|
AIS is sent on facility loopbacks. |
|
AIS is sent on all loopbacks. |
|
AIS is not sent on loopbacks. |
|
AIS is sent on terminal loopbacks. |
<MODE> |
Mode. Default value is FDL. The parameter type is DS1MODE, which is the DS1 path mode of the DS3XM-12 card. |
|
Indicates that the DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 is in AT&T 54016 mode. |
|
Indicates that the DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 is in FDL T1-403 mode. |
<SYNCMAP> |
The synchronous mapping for the DS1 facility. Defaults to ASYNC. Only supported on ONS 15454. The parameter type is SYNCMAP (synchronous mapping type). |
|
Asynchronous |
|
Mapping in byte |
|
Mapping in jbyte |
<ADMSSM> |
The administrative synchronization status message. Only supported on the ONS 15454. Defaults to STU. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level. |
|
Do Not Use For Synchronization |
|
Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable |
|
Reserved For Network Synchronization Use |
|
SONET Minimum Clock Traceable |
|
Stratum 2 Traceable |
|
Stratum 3 Traceable |
|
Stratum 3E Traceable |
|
Stratum 4 Traceable |
|
Synchronized, Traceability Unknown |
|
Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only) |
<VTMAP> |
The port to VT mapping type for that particular STS. Only supported on ONS 15454. Defaults to GR253. The parameter type is VTMAP (VT mapping). |
|
Mapping based on Telcordia GR-253. |
|
Mapping based on industry standard. |
<AISVONAIS> |
Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<AISVONLOF> |
(Optional) The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
<INHFELPBK> |
Indicates whether far-end loopbacks are inhibited on the facility. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<INHFEBPLPBK> |
Indicates whether far-end backplane loopbacks are inhibited on the facility. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<BERTMODE> |
Specifies the mode TPG or TPM of the port for BERT. |
|
BERT mode not enabled. |
|
Test pattern generator and monitor on line side. |
|
Test pattern generator and monitor on backplane. |
|
Test pattern generator on line side. |
|
Test pattern monitor on line side. |
|
Test pattern generator on backplane. |
|
Test pattern monitor on backplane. |
<BERTPATTERN> |
Specifies the error pattern to be injected for BERT. |
|
BERT pattern not enabled. |
|
PRBS15 test pattern. |
|
PRBS20 test pattern. |
|
PRBS23 test pattern. |
|
QRSS test pattern. |
|
Alternate one and zero pattern. |
<BERTERRCOUNT> |
Integer value. Value –1 indicates that BERT is disabled/not supported. |
<PST> |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
<SST> |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.71 ED-T3
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Digital Signal Facility (ED-T3) command edits the attributes related to a DS3/T3 port and the DS3i-N-12 card.
Usage Guidelines
- This command is not allowed if the card is a protect card.
- Neither FMT nor Line code are supported for T3/DS3 facility. They are supported on both the DS3XM and DS3E card. The unframed value of the framing format is only supported on the DS3E facility.
- If you send this command to edit TACC and any other attribute(s), and the port having the cross-connection or the port/VT has a TAP or TACC number, the Parameters Not Compatible error message is returned.
- Editing TACC using an ED-xxx command is only allowed when there is no circuit/cross-connection on the port and the port/VT does not have a TAP or TACC number. Otherwise, an error message (VT in Use) will be returned.
- TACC creation will be denied on the protect ports/cards.
- Automatic application of loopbacks originating from the far end can be initiated on the T3 ports of a DS3E, DS3NE, or DS3XM card.
- CTC can set the FMT attribute of a DS3(N)E line to AUTOPROVISION to set the framing based on the framing that is coming in. The result is the FMT field being blanked out for a few seconds or blanked out indefinitely for a preprovisioned DS3(N)E card in CTC. AUTOPROVISION is not considered a valid DS3 framing type. It is only used to trigger an autosense and subsequent autoprovisioning of a valid DS3 framing type (unframed, M13, C-BIT). TL1 does not have the AUTOPROVISION mode. TL1 maps/returns the AUTOPROVISION mode to the unframed framing type.
- For the DS3XM-12 card, the DS3/T3 configurable attributes (PM, TH, alarm, etc.) only apply on the ported ports (1 to 12) and the DS3-mapped (even) portless ports in xxx-xxx-T3 commands. If you attempt to provision or retrieve DS3/T3 attributes on the VT-mapped (odd) portless port in xxx-xxx-T3 commands, an error message is returned.
- For the DS3XM-12 card, if the administrative state is already set for a portless port, the state setting operation over its associated ported port is an invalid operation.
- The test set physical connection set up through ED-T3/DS1/STS1/VT1 of the DS3XM-12 card is only allowed on the physical front ports (PORTED ports, Ports 1 to 12), which are the monitoring ports.
–
The monitoring test access ports follow the common rules for the other cards. For example, ED-T3 on Port 2 (FAC-6-2) with a TACC number (8), the next port, Port 3 (FAC-6-3) is used as the monitoring point also. The RTRV-T3 on both Port 2 and Port 3 return the same TACC number (8) being used to monitor the cross-connection end (A-B). The last port (Port 12) is not allowed to set up a physical connection with the test set because there is no next available port to be the monitoring port.
–
The DISC-TACC and CHG-TACC commands follow the same requirements as in the previous bullet, but applied on the ported ports of the DS3XM-12 card.
–
The CONN-TACC command has monitored points that can be portless ports. This command is applied on both ported and portless ports of the DS3XM-12 card.
- If the entity has a TACC connection, the entity is not allowed to have ported or portless STS/VT cross-connection (or circuit) provisioning on the DS3XM-12 card.
- ED-T3 cannot be used to create TAPs on the DS3i-N-12 card on the SONET platform because the DS3I card only supports STS3C TAPs.
- You cannot use this command to change the default provisioning on Slots 3 and 15 for the DS3/EC1-48 card.
- The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to retrieve the current default values.
- You cannot directly transition a facility from IS to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state. You can transition a facility to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state from any state except OOS-MA,MT. To transition a facility from OOS-MA,MT to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state, all the following conditions must be met:
–
The facility is not sourcing a synchronization clock.
–
The facility's DCC is disabled.
–
The facility is not part of a protection group.
–
The facility is not supporting cross-connects.
–
The facility is not using overhead connections or overhead terminations (such as express orderwire, local orderwire, or user data channels [UDCs]).
Note
The conditions stipulated can be overridden by using the CMDMDE=FRCD option. The FRCD option will immediately remove the facility from service (except for IS to OOS-MA,DSBLD transition) with no consideration for orderly interruption.
- The parameters BERTMODE, BERTPATTERN, and BERTERRCOUNT apply to DS1/E1-56 and DS3XM-12 cards.
- BERT is implemented on a single port.
Input Format
ED-T3[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::CLKSRC=<CLKSRC>],[FMT=<FMT>],[LINECDE=<LINECDE>],[LBO=<LBO>],[INHFELPBK=<INHFELPBK>],[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[NAME=<NAME>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[BERTMODE=<BERTMODE>],[BERTPATTERN=<BERTPATTERN>],[BERTERRCOUNT=<BERTERRCOUNT>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];
Input Example
ED-T3:CISCO:FAC-1-2:123:::FMT=C-BIT,LINECDE=B3ZS,LBO=0-225,INHFELPBK=N,
TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,SOAK=10,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,NAME="T3
PORT",AISONLPBK=ALL,CMDMDE=FRCD,BERTMODE=NONE,BERTPATTERN=NONE,
BERTERRCOUNT=0:IS,AINS;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<CLKSRC> |
<CLKSRC> |
|
INTERNAL |
|
LOOPBACK TIMING |
|
SYNCE |
|
ADAPTIVE |
<FMT> |
Digital signal frame format. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for a T1 port. |
|
AUTOPROV |
|
C-BIT line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards. |
|
DS2 FRAMED |
|
E2 FRAMED |
|
E3-FRAME |
|
E3-PLCP |
|
FRAMENA |
|
G-751 |
|
G-832 |
|
M13 line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards. |
|
M23 |
|
SYNTRAN |
|
Line type is unframed. The old DS3 (L3M) and DS3CR cards can only run in unframed mode. |
<LINECDE> |
Line code. The parameter type is DS_LINE_CODE, which is the DS123 line code. |
|
Bipolar with three-zero substitution |
|
B6ZS |
|
JBZS |
|
ZBTSI |
<LBO> |
Line build-out settings. LBO is an integer. The parameter type is E_LBO, which is the electrical signal line build-out. |
|
Electrical signal line build-out range is 1–225. |
|
Electrical signal line build-out range is 226–450. |
<INHFELPBK> |
(Optional) Far-end loopback inhibition attribute of the port. If it is Y, the automatic far-end loopbacks are inhibited. It is either on or off. The system default is N. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
Disable an attribute. |
|
Enable an attribute. |
<TACC> |
TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Default is N. TACC is an integer. |
<TAPTYPE> |
TAP type. Defaults to DUAL. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type. |
|
Dual FAD |
|
Single FAD |
<SOAK> |
OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer. |
<SFBER> |
The port signal failure threshold. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path. |
|
SFBER is 1E-3. |
|
SFBER is 1E-4. |
|
SFBER is 1E-5. |
<SDBER> |
Port signal degrade threshold. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
SDBER is 1E-5. |
|
SDBER is 1E-6. |
|
SDBER is 1E-7. |
|
SDBER is 1E-8. |
|
SDBER is 1E-9. |
<NAME> |
Name. NAME is a string. |
<AISONLPBK> |
The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates whether. AIS is sent on a loopback. Defaults to AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL. |
|
AIS is sent on facility loopbacks. |
|
AIS is sent on all loopbacks. |
|
AIS is not sent on loopbacks. |
|
AIS is sent on terminal loopbacks. |
<CMDMDE> |
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. |
|
Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail. |
<BERTMODE> |
Specifies the mode TPG and TPM of the port for BERT. |
|
BERT mode not enabled. |
|
Test pattern generator and monitor on line side. |
|
Test pattern generator and monitor on backplane. |
|
Test pattern generator on line side. |
|
Test pattern monitor on line side. |
|
Test pattern generator on backplane. |
|
Test pattern monitor on backplane. |
<BERTPATTERN> |
Specifies the error pattern to be injected for BERT. |
|
BERT pattern not enabled. |
|
PRBS15 test pattern. |
|
PRBS20 test pattern. |
|
PRBS23 test pattern. |
|
QRSS test pattern. |
|
Alternate one and zero pattern. |
<BERTERRCOUNT> |
Integer value. Value –1 indicates that BERT is disabled/not supported. |
PST |
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
In service |
|
Out of service |
SST |
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Automatic in service |
|
Disabled |
|
Loopback |
|
Mismatch of equipment and attributes |
|
Maintenance mode |
|
Out of group |
|
Software downloading |
|
Unassigned |
|
Unequipped |
11.72 ED-TRAPTABLE
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Trap Table (ED-TRAPTABLE) command edits a trap destination entry identified by a specific trap destination address.
Input Format
ED-TRAPTABLE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::COMMUNITY=<COMMUNITY>,
[TRAPPORT=<TRAPPORT>],[TRAPVER=<TRAPVER>];
Input Examples
1.
ED-TRAPTABLE::1.2.3.4:1:::COMMUNITY=“PUBLIC”,TRAPPORT=162,TRAPVER=SNMPV1;
2.
ED-TRAPTABLE:“[3ffe:0501:0008:0000:0260:97ff:fe40:efab]”:1:::COMMUNITY="PUBLIC",TRAPPORT=162,TRAPVER=SNMPV1;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “IPADDR” section. IP address identifying the trap destination. |
<COMMUNITY> |
Community name associated to the trap destination. Maximum of 32 characters. COMMUNITY is a string. |
<TRAPPORT> |
User datagram protocol (UDP) port number associated with the trap destination. Default to 162. TRAPPORT is an integer. |
<TRAPVER> |
SNMP version number. Defaults to SNMPv1. The parameter type is SNMP_VERSION (SNMP version). |
|
SNMP version 1 (default) |
|
SNMP version 2 |
11.73 ED-TRC-OCH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Trace Optical Channel Facility (ED-TRC-OCH) command edits trace-related optical channel facilities. Refer to the Cisco ONS SDH and Cisco ONS 15600 SONET TL1 Reference Guide for specific card provisioning rules.
Input Format
ED-TRC-OCH:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],
[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],[TRCLEVEL=<TRCLEVEL>],[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>][:];
Input Example
ED-TRC-OCH:PETALUMA:CHAN-6-2:10:::EXPTRC=“AAA”,TRC=“AAA”,TRCMODE=MAN,
TRCLEVEL=TTI-PM,TRCFORMAT=64-BYTE;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
Source access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
<EXPTRC> |
Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). A null value is equivalent to ALL. EXPTRC is a string. |
<TRC> |
The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed-length, ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (Hex 00) and CR and LF. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
<TRCMODE> |
Trace mode. Defaults to the OFF mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode). |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards. |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported. |
<TRCLEVEL> |
The trace level to be managed. TRCLEVEL is a string. Note This command is mandatory when edting the TRC parameters. |
|
Identifies the SDH J0 section trace level. |
|
Identifies the TTI path monitoring point. |
|
Identifies the TTI section monitoring point. |
<TRCFORMAT> |
Trace message size. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format). |
|
1 byte trace message |
|
16 byte trace message |
|
64 byte trace message |
11.74 ED-TRC-OTU
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Trace Optical Transport Unit Level 1, Level 2, Level 3, and Level 4 (ED-TRC-OTU1, ED-TRC-OTU2, ED-TRC-OTU3, and ED-TRC-OTU4) command edits trace-related attributes of an OTU1, OTU2, OTU3, and OTU4 facility respectively.
Usage Guidelines
- The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.
- In the CFP-TXP mode, trace is supported on the 100G-LC-C virtual ports (VCFAC) and not on the CFP-LC card.
Input Format
ED-TRC-<OTU>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],[TRCLEVEL=<TRCLEVEL>],[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>][:];
Input Example
ED-TRC-OTU1:CISCO:VFAC-1-6-1:10:::EXPTRC="AAA",TRC="AAA",TRCMODE=MAN,TRCLEVEL=TTI-PM,TRCFORMAT=64-BYTE;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<EXPTRC> |
(Optional) Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). A null value is equivalent to ALL. EXPTRC is a string. |
<TRC> |
(Optional) The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte continuously transmits a 64 byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (Hex 00) and CR and LF. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
<TRCMODE> |
(Optional) Trace mode. Defaults to the OFF mode. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode). |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards. |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported. |
<TRCLEVEL> |
The trace level to be managed. TRCLEVEL is a string. Note This command is mandatory when edting the TRC parameters. |
|
Identifies the SDH J0 section trace level. |
|
Identifies the TTI path monitoring point. |
|
Identifies the TTI section monitoring point. |
<TRCFORMAT> |
(Optional) Trace message size. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format). |
|
1-byte trace message |
|
16-byte trace message |
|
64-byte trace message |
11.75 ED-UNICFG
(Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Edit User Network Interface Configuration command edits the attributes and service parameters of UNI configuration created.
Usage Guidelines
- With the VALMODE parameter value as NONE, the VALZONE parameter is not applicable.
- RESTTYPE as REVERT is not applicable for UNICFG.
Input Format
ED-UNICFG:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[VALMODE=<OPTVAL>],[VALZONE=<OPRZONE>],[DESCR=<DESCR>],[ADMINSTATE=<ADMINSTATE>],[RESTTYPE=<RESTTYPE>];
Input Example
ED-UNICFG::LINE-2-3:1:::DESCR="CISCO",ADMINSTATE=DOWN;
Table 11-4 Parameter Support
|
|
<SRC> |
Source AID from the “ALL” section. |
<VALMODE> |
Identifies the validation mode. |
|
No optical validation is performed. |
|
The optical validation is performed as indicated in VALZONE parameter. |
<VALZONE> |
Identifies the validation operate zone. |
|
Not evaluated. |
|
Margin > 3 sigma. |
|
1 < margin < 3 sigma. |
|
0 < margin < 1 sigma. |
|
-3 < margin < 0 sigma. |
|
Margin < -3 sigma. |
<DESC> |
Description parameter. DECSR is a STRING. |
<ADMINSTATE> |
Identifies the adminstate is UP or DOWN. |
|
Indicates Adminstate is UP and UNI Services can be activated. |
|
Indicates Adminstate is DOWN and UNI Services cannot be activated. |
<RESTTYPE> |
Indentifies the restoration type on UNI configuration. |
|
None restoration type for UNICFG. |
|
Restore restoration type for UNICFG. |
11.76 ED-USER-SECU
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit User Security (ED-USER-SECU) command edits a user's privileges, password, or ID. Only a Superuser can perform this operation. Privilege levels are described in the ENT-USER-SECU command.
Usage Guidelines
- Passwords are masked for the following security commands: ACT-USER, ED-PID, ENT-USER-SECU, and ED-USER-SECU. Access to a TL1 session by any means will have the password masked. The CTC Request History and Message Log will also show the masked commands. When a password-masked command is reissued by double-clicking the command from CTC Request History, the password will still be masked in the CTC Request History and Message Log. The actual password that was previously issued will be sent to the NE. To use a former command as a template only, single-click the command in CTC Request History. The command will be placed in the Command Request text box, where you can edit the appropriate fields prior to reissuing it.
- <NEWUID> can be set to a minimum length of 2 characters up to 20 characters long.
- <NEWPID> depends on the minimum password length, maximum password length, and password character rule that is set by SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT command.
- For the ED-USER-SECU command:
ED-USER-SECU:[TID]:<UID>:[CTAG]::[<NEWUID>],[<NEWPID>],,[<UAP>]:;
–
If the <NEWPID> is specified, the syntax is checked.
–
The syntax of <UID> is not checked.
–
Old users can change their password without changing their user ID, but the new password must meet the new requirements.
–
The <NEWPID> is required when changing the <UID>.
- When <NEWUID> is specified, <NEWPID> (and the <UAP>) become mandatory.
- The ED-USER-SECU command should be used to change the default password for the CISCO15 default Superuser.
- The ED-PID command cannot be used to change the empty password to a valid password.
Input Format
ED-USER-SECU:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>::[<NEWUID>],[<NEWPID>],,[<UAP>][:];
Input Example
ED-USER-SECU:PETALUMA:CISCO15:123::NEWUID,NEWPID,,MAINT;
Input Parameters
<UID> |
User identifier. Minimum UID is 6 characters. Maximum UID is 10 characters. UID is a string. |
<NEWUID> |
(Optional) User's new Indentifier. Minimum UID is 2 characters. Maximum UID is 20 characters. NEWUID is a string. |
<NEWPID> |
(Optional) User's new password. Minimum length depends on PWDMINLEN, maximum length depends on PWDMAXLEN, and password character rule depends on PWDCHRULE set by command SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT. |
<UAP> |
User’s access privilege. The parameter type is PRIVILEGE, which is the security level. |
|
Maintenance security level. 60 minutes of idle time. |
|
Provisioning security level. 30 minutes of idle time. |
|
Retrieve security level. Unlimited idle time. |
|
Superuser security level. 15 minutes of idle time. |
11.77 ED-VCG
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Edit Virtual Concatenated Group (ED-VCG) command edits the attributes of a VCG.
Input Format
ED-VCG:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[TXCOUNT=<TXCOUNT>],[NAME=<NAME>];
Input Example
ED-VCG:NODE1:FAC-1-1:1234:::TXCOUNT=7,NAME=“VCG2”;
Input Parameters
<SRC> |
Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<TXCOUNT> |
Number of members in the transmit (Tx) direction. For ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards, the only valid value is 2. For the FC_MR-4 card, the only valid value is 8. TXCOUNT is an integer. |
<NAME> |
Name of the VCAT group. Maximum length is 64 characters. NAME is a string. |
11.78 ED-VLAN
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit VLAN (ED-VLAN) command modifies a VLAN entry in the VLAN database. The VLAN database is a collection of VLANs used in an NE.
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN having the specified AID should be present in the node.
Input Format
ED-VLAN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::NAME=<NAME>],[PROTN=<PROTN>],[MACLEARNING=<MACLEARNING>],[IGMPENABLE=<IGMPENABLE>],[IGMPFASTLEAVE=<IGMPFASTLEAVE>],[IGMPSUPP=<IGMPSUPP>][:];
Input Example
ED-VLAN:PETALUMA:VLAN-4096:1:::NAME="MYVLAN",PROTN=N,MACLEARNING=Y, IGMPENABLE=Y,IGMPFASTLEAVE=Y,IGMPSUPP=Y;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
AID is used to access the VLAN. |
VLAN-ALL |
All AIDs for the VLAN. |
VLAN-{0-4096} |
Single AID for the VLAN. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
<NAME> |
Indicates the name of the VLAN. |
<PROTN> |
Indicates the VLAN protection, enable or disable feature |
<MACLEARNING> |
MAC Address Learning Mode. This activates the MAC address learning on interface to avoid packet broadcasting. Default value is - “N” |
|
Activate the MAC learning. |
|
Disable MAC learning. |
<IGMPENABLE> |
Internet Group Management Protocol status. |
|
Enabled |
|
Disabled |
<IGMPFASTLEAVE> |
Internet Group Management Protocol FastLeave status. When enabled, decreases the delay between receiving a Leave Group packet and disabling forwarding of multicast |
|
Enabled |
|
Disabled |
<IGMPSUPP> |
IGMP Report suppression. Indicates multicast registered client hiding. When enabled (default) it prevents duplicate reports from being sent to the multicast devices. |
|
Enabled |
|
Disabled |
11.79 ED-VLAN-ETH
(Cisco 15454)
Edit VLAN ETH attributes command is used to modify the VLAN Profile associated to the L2 Ethernet ports - VLAN.
Usage Guidelines
The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, a user needs to use RTRV-XX command to retrieve them.
If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.
The "ALL" AID is invalid for this command.
The L2 ethernet port must be present when this command is sent. The S-VLAN-ID must not be absent otherwise this command will fail.
If BWP is omitted the first time this command is performed, the default BWP-0 is assumed
Use BWP=0 to restore the Default VLAN Profile
Input Format
ED-VLAN-ETH[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[VLAN_ID=<VLAN_ID>],[VLAN_TYPE=<VLAN_TYPE>],[:BWP=<BWP>][:];
Input Example
ED-VLAN-ETH::ETH-1-1-1:1::1010:BWP=34;
Input Parameters
|
|
<AID> |
Ethernet aids are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. |
|
The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands. |
- ETH[-{1-50}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-22}-1
|
Facility aid for GE-XP card. |
- ETH[-{1-50}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-4}-1
|
Facility aid for 10GE-XP card. |
<VLAN_ID> |
The VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number in the range 1..4096. The value of 0 is reserved to UNTAGged VLAN. |
VLAN_TYPE |
Specifies the type of VLAN. |
|
Service provider VLAN. |
|
Customer VLAN. |
<BWP> |
The BWP identifier. A BWP ID is a number in the range 0..10000. The value of 0 is reserved for the default profile that cannot be edited or delete. Default value is 0. |
11.80 ED-VLB-REP
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit VLAN Load Balancing Resilient Ethernet Protocol (ED-VLB-REP) command edits the VLAN Load Balancing (VLB) for REP Segment on the ethernet ports.
Usage Guidelines
- VLB can be enabled only on the EDGE Primary ports of the REP Segment.
- If the VLB is not enabled, you cannot edit any other parameters related to STCN.
- Only one VLAN range can be added or removed at a time
- A maximum of 10 VLAN range can be configured on the ethernet edge port.
- This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
Input Format
ED-VLB-REP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[VLBENABLED=<VLBENABLED>],[VLBOPERATION=<VLBOPERATION>],[VLANRANGESTART=<VLANRANGESTART>],[VLANRANGEEND=<VLANRANGEEND>],[PREFERRED=<PREFERRED>],[REPPORTID=<REPPORTID>];
Input Example
ED-VLB-REP::ETH-16-2-1:1:::VLBENABLED=Y,VLBOPERATION=ADD,VLANRANGESTART=1000,VLANRANGEEND=1001,PREFERRED=N,REPPORTID=0X0134454345678598;
Input Parameters
|
|
<AID> |
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
<VLBENABLED> |
Enables or disables the segment topology notification on ethernet entity for REP. |
|
Enables STCN on the ethernet port. |
|
Disables STCN on the ethernet port. |
<VLBOPERATION> |
Adds or removes the range for STCN notification. |
|
Adds the range to a list of segment ranges for STCN notification. |
|
Removes the range from a list of segment ranges for STCN notification. |
<VLANRANGESTART> |
Indicates the VLAN range start value for VLB on REP. The valid range is 0 to 1024. |
<VLANRANGEEND> |
Indicates the VLAN range end value for VLB on REP. The valid range is from 0 to 1024. |
<PREFERRED> |
Indicates that the port is the preferred alternate port. Or the preferred port for VLAN load balancing. |
|
Yes |
|
No |
<REPPORTID> |
Determines the REP port to trigger VLB. |
11.81 ED-WDMANS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Wavelength Division Multiplexing Automatic Node Set Up (ED-WDMANS) command edits the optical node set-up application (AONS) attributes.
Input Format
ED-WDMANS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<WLEN>]:[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[POWEROSC=<POWEROSC>],[NTWTYPE=<NTWTYPE>],[CHLOSS=<CHLOSS>],[GAIN=<GAIN>],[TILT=<TILT>],[CHPWR=<CHPWR>],[AMPLMODE=<AMPLMODE>],[RATIO=<RATIO>],[OSCLOSS=<OSCLOSS>],[DITHER=<DITHER>],[TOTALPWR=<TOTALPWR>],[HIGHSLVEXP=<HIGHSLVEXP>],[LOWSLVEXP=<LOWSLVEXP][:];
Input Example
ED-WDMANS:PENNGROVE:WDMSIDE-A:114:::POWERIN=10.0,POWEROUT=10.0,
POWEREXP=10.0;
ED-WDMANS:PENNGROVE:WDMSIDE-A:114:::POWERIN=10.0,POWEROUT=10.0,
POWEREXP=10.0,POWEROSC=5.0;
ED-WDMANS::LINE-1-3-1-RX:77:::CHLOSS=-11.00;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
The AID is used to access the WDM node or a single port of the DWDM node. |
|
Indicates the WDM node of an MSTP and accesses the NTWTYPE and DITHER WDMANS node parameters. |
|
The optical transport section port. |
|
The optical multiplex section port. |
|
The optical channel port. |
<WLEN> |
(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which indicates the optical wavelength. |
|
Wavelength 1310 |
|
Wavelength 1470 |
|
Wavelength 1490 |
|
Wavelength 1510 |
|
Wavelength 1528.77 |
|
Wavelength 1529.16 |
|
Wavelength 1529.55 |
|
Wavelength 1529.94 |
|
Wavelength 1530 |
|
Wavelength 1530.33 |
|
Wavelength 1530.73 |
|
Wavelength 1531.12 |
|
Wavelength 1531.51 |
|
Wavelength 1531.90 |
|
Wavelength 1532.29 |
|
Wavelength 1532.68 |
|
Wavelength 1533.07 |
|
Wavelength 1533.47 |
|
Wavelength 1533.86 |
|
Wavelength 1534.25 |
|
Wavelength 1534.64 |
|
Wavelength 1535.04 |
|
Wavelength 1535.43 |
|
Wavelength 1535.82 |
|
Wavelength 1536.22 |
|
Wavelength 1536.61 |
|
Wavelength 1537 |
|
Wavelength 1537.40 |
|
Wavelength 1537.79 |
|
Wavelength 1538.19 |
|
Wavelength 1538.58 |
|
Wavelength 1538.98 |
|
Wavelength 1539.37 |
|
Wavelength 1539.77 |
|
Wavelength 1540.16 |
|
Wavelength 1540.56 |
|
Wavelength 1540.95 |
|
Wavelength 1541.35 |
|
Wavelength 1541.75 |
|
Wavelength 1542.14 |
|
Wavelength 1542.35 |
|
Wavelength 1542.54 |
|
Wavelength 1542.94 |
|
Wavelength 1543.33 |
|
Wavelength 1543.73 |
|
Wavelength 1544.13 |
|
Wavelength 1544.53 |
|
Wavelength 1544.92 |
|
Wavelength 1545.32 |
|
Wavelength 1545.72 |
|
Wavelength 1546.12 |
|
Wavelength 1546.52 |
|
Wavelength 1546.92 |
|
Wavelength 1547.32 |
|
Wavelength 1547.72 |
|
Wavelength 1548.12 |
|
Wavelength 1548.51 |
|
Wavelength 1548.92 |
|
Wavelength 1549.32 |
|
Wavelength 1549.71 |
|
Wavelength 1500 |
|
Wavelength 1550.12 |
|
Wavelength 1550.52 |
|
Wavelength 1550.92 |
|
Wavelength 1551.32 |
|
Wavelength 1551.72 |
|
Wavelength 1552.12 |
|
Wavelength 1552.52 |
|
Wavelength 1552.93 |
|
Wavelength 1553.33 |
|
Wavelength 1553.73 |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 |
|
Wavelength 1554.13 |
|
Wavelength 1554.94 |
|
Wavelength 1555.34 |
|
Wavelength 1555.75 |
|
Wavelength 1556.15 |
|
Wavelength 1556.55 |
|
Wavelength 1556.96 |
|
Wavelength 1557.36 |
|
Wavelength 1557.77 |
|
Wavelength 1558.17 |
|
Wavelength 1558.58 |
|
Wavelength 1558.98 |
|
Wavelength 1559.39 |
|
Wavelength 1559.79 |
|
Wavelength 1560.20 |
|
Wavelength 1560.61 |
|
Wavelength 1561.01 |
|
Wavelength 1561.42 |
|
Wavelength 1561.83 |
|
Wavelength 1562.23 |
|
Wavelength 1562.64 |
|
Wavelength 1563.05 |
|
Wavelength 1563.45 |
|
Wavelength 1563.86 |
|
Wavelength 1564.27 |
|
Wavelength 1564.68 |
|
Wavelength 1565.09 |
|
Wavelength 1565.50 |
|
Wavelength 1565.90 |
|
Wavelength 1566.31 |
|
Wavelength 1566.72 |
|
Wavelength 1570 |
|
Wavelength 1570.83 |
|
Wavelength 1571.24 |
|
Wavelength 1571.65 |
|
Wavelength 1572.06 |
|
Wavelength 1572.48 |
|
Wavelength 1572.89 |
|
Wavelength 1573.30 |
|
Wavelength 1573.71 |
|
Wavelength 1574.13 |
|
Wavelength 1574.54 |
|
Wavelength 1574.95 |
|
Wavelength 1575.37 |
|
Wavelength 1575.78 |
|
Wavelength 1576.20 |
|
Wavelength 1576.61 |
|
Wavelength 1577.03 |
|
Wavelength 1577.44 |
|
Wavelength 1577.86 |
|
Wavelength 1578.27 |
|
Wavelength 1578.69 |
|
Wavelength 1579.10 |
|
Wavelength 1579.52 |
|
Wavelength 1579.93 |
|
Wavelength 1580.35 |
|
Wavelength 1580.77 |
|
Wavelength 1581.18 |
|
Wavelength 1581.60 |
|
Wavelength 1582.02 |
|
Wavelength 1582.44 |
|
Wavelength 1582.85 |
|
Wavelength 1583.27 |
|
Wavelength 1583.69 |
|
Wavelength 1584.11 |
|
Wavelength 1584.53 |
|
Wavelength 1584.95 |
|
Wavelength 1585.36 |
|
Wavelength 1585.78 |
|
Wavelength 1586.20 |
|
Wavelength 1586.62 |
|
Wavelength 1587.04 |
|
Wavelength 1587.46 |
|
Wavelength 1587.88 |
|
Wavelength 1588.30 |
|
Wavelength 1588.73 |
|
Wavelength 1589.15 |
|
Wavelength 1589.57 |
|
Wavelength 1589.99 |
|
Wavelength 1590 |
|
Wavelength 1590.41 |
|
Wavelength 1590.83 |
|
Wavelength 1591.26 |
|
Wavelength 1591.68 |
|
Wavelength 1592.10 |
|
Wavelength 1592.52 |
|
Wavelength 1592.95 |
|
Wavelength 1593.37 |
|
Wavelength 1593.79 |
|
Wavelength 1594.22 |
|
Wavelength 1594.64 |
|
Wavelength 1595.06 |
|
Wavelength 1595.49 |
|
Wavelength 1596.34 |
|
Wavelength 1596.76 |
|
Wavelength 1597.19 |
|
Wavelength 1597.62 |
|
Wavelength 1598.04 |
|
Wavelength 1598.47 |
|
Wavelength 1598.89 |
|
Wavelength 1599.32 |
|
Wavelength 1599.75 |
|
Wavelength 1600.06 |
|
Wavelength 1601.03 |
|
Wavelength 1601.46 |
|
Wavelength 1601.88 |
|
Wavelength 1602.31 |
|
Wavelength 1602.74 |
|
Wavelength 1603.17 |
|
Wavelength 1603.60 |
|
Wavelength 1604.03 |
|
Wavelength 1610 |
<VOAATTN> |
The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. VOAATTN is a float. |
<POWEROSC> |
WDM-ANS OSC power parameter. |
<NTWTYPE> |
WDM-ANS network type parameter. |
<CHLOSS> |
WDM-ANS channel loss parameter. |
<GAIN> |
WDM-ANS amplifier gain parameter. |
<TILT> |
WDM-ANS amplifier tilt parameter. |
<CHPWR> |
WDM-ANS channel power parameter. |
<AMPLMODE |
WDM-ANS amplifier mode parameter. |
<RATIO> |
WDM-ANS Raman amplifier pump ratio parameter. |
<OSCLOSS> |
WDM-ANS OSC channel loss parameter. |
<DITHER> |
WDM-ANS WXC dithering parameter. |
<TOTALPWR> |
WDM-ANS Raman amplifier total power in mW. |
<HIGHSLVEXP> |
Span loss verification—high value. |
<LOWSLVEXP> |
Span loss verification—low value. |
11.82 ED-WDMSIDE
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Edit Wavelength Division Multiplexing Side (ED-WDMSIDE) command modifies the WDM node side attribute.
Usage Guidelines
- If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.
- The ALL AID is invalid for this command.
Input Format
ED-WDMSIDE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[NEWSIDE=<NEWSIDE>][:];
Input Example
ED-WDMSIDE:PENNGROVE:WDMSIDE-A:114:::NEWSIDE=WDMSIDE-B;
Input Parameters
<AID> |
The AID is used to access the WDM side of an MSTP node. |
- WDMSIDE-{A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H}
|
MSTP side identifier. |
<NEWSIDE> |
The AID is used to access the WDM side of an MSTP node. |
- WDMSIDE-{A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H}
|
MSTP side identifier. |